Sony CCD-TR648E, CCD-TR748E, CCD-TR848 Service manual

Download

Page 1

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

RMT-708

SERVICE MANUAL

Ver 1.0 2001. 12

Photo : CCD-TR648E

NTSC model : CCD-TR848 PAL model : CCD-TR648E/TR748E

SPECIFICATIONS

AEP Model

UK Model

Russian Model

East European Model

North European Model

CCD-TR748E

Australian Model

CCD-TR648E

E Model

CCD-TR648E/TR848

Brazilian Model

CCD-TR848

M2100 MECHANISM

For MECHANISM ADJUSTMENT, refer to the “8mm Video MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL M2000 MECHANISM ” (9-929-861-11).

Video camera recorder

System

Video recording system

2 rotary heads Helical scanning FM system

Audio recording system

Rotary heads, FM system

Video signal

CCD-TR848: NTSC color, EIA standards CCD-TR648E/TR748E: PAL colour, CCIR standards

Usable cassette

8 mm video format cassette Hi8 or standard 8

Recording/playback time

CCD-TR848:

(Using 120 min. cassette)

SP mode: 2 hours LP mode: 4 hours CCD-TR648E/TR748E:

(Using 90 min. cassette)

SP mode: 1 hour and 30 minutes LP mode: 3 hours

Fastforward/rewind time

CCD-TR848:

(Using 120 min. cassette)

CCD-TR648E/TR748E:

(Using 90 min. cassette)

Approx. 5 min.

Viewfinder

CCD-TR848: Electric view finder (color) CCD-TR648E/TR748E: Electric viewfinder (monochrome)

Image device

4.5 mm (1/4 type) CCD (Charge Coupled Device) CCD-TR848: Approx. 320 000 pixels (Effective: Approx. 200 000 pixels) CCD-TR648E/TR748E: Approx. 380 000 pixels (Effective: Approx. 230 000 pixels)

Lens

Combined power zoom lens Filter diameter 37 mm (1 7/16 in.) CCD-TR848: 20× (Optical), 460× (Digital) CCD-TR648E: 20× (Optical), 450× CCD-TR748E: 20× (Optical), 560×

Focal length

3.6

– 72 mm (5/32 – 2 7/8 in.) When converted to a 35 mm still camera 41 – 820 mm (1 5/8 – 32 3/8 in.)

Colour temperature

Auto

Minimum illumination

CCD-TR848:

0.4 lx (lux) (F 1.4) CCD-TR648E/TR748E:

0.3 lx (lux) (F 1.4) 0 lx (lux) (in the NightShot mode)* * Objects unable to be seen due to

the dark can be shot with infrared lighting.

(Digital)

Output connectors

S video output

4-pin mini DIN Luminance signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω (ohms), unbalanced

CCD-TR848: chrominance signal: 0.286Vp-p 75 Ω (ohms), unbalanced CCD-TR648E/TR748E Chrominance signal: 0.3 Vp-p, 75 Ω (ohms), unbalanced

Audio/Video output

AV MINIJACK, 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω (ohms), unbalanced, sync negative 327 mV, (at output impedance more than 47 k

Ω (kilohms))

Output impedance with less than

2.2 kΩ (kilohms)/Monaural minijack (ø 3.5 mm)

RFU DC OUT

Mini-mini jack (ø 2.5 mm), DC 5V

VIDEO CAMERA RECORDER

General

Power requirements

7.2 V (battery pack)

8.4 V (AC power adaptor)

Average power consumption (when using the battery pack)

During camera recording

1.9 W

Operating temperature

0 °C to 40 °C (32 °F to 104 °F)

Recommended charging temperature

10 °C to 30 °C (50 °F to 86 °F)

Storage temperature

–20 °C to +60 °C (–4 °F to +140 °F )

Dimensions (approx.)

90 × 102 × 197 mm (3 5/8 × 4 1/8 × 7 7/8 in.) (w/h/d)

Mass (approx.)

760 g (1 lb 10 oz) main unit only 910 g (2 lb) including the battery pack NP-FM30, Hi8 cassette, lens cap and shoulder strap

Supplied accessories

See page 3.

— Continued on next page —

Page 2

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

AC power adaptor

Power requirements

100 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Power consumption

23 W

Output voltage

DC OUT: 8.4 V, 1.5 A in operating mode

Operating temperature

0 °C to 40 °C (32 °F to 104 °F)

Storage temperature

–20 °C to +60 °C (–4 °F to +140 °F)

Dimensions (approx.)

125 × 39 × 62 mm (5 × 1 9/16 × 2 1/2 in.) (w/h/d) excluding projecting parts

Mass (approx.)

280 g (9.8 oz) excluding mains lead

Battery pack

Maximum output voltage

DC 8.4 V

Output voltage

DC 7.2 V

Capacity

5.0 Wh (700 mAh)

Dimensions (approx.)

38.2 × 20.5 × 55.6 mm (1 9/16 × 13/16 × 2 1/4 in.) (w/h/d)

Mass (approx.)

65 g (2.3 oz)

Operating temperature

0 °C to 40 °C (32 °F to 104 °F)

Type

Lithium ion

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!

COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY.

SAFETY CHECK-OUT

After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer.

1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges.

2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are "pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors.

3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, that were installed during a previous repair . Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement.

4. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement.

5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.

6. Flexible Circuit Board Repairing

• Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270˚C during repairing.

• Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the circuit board (within 3 times).

• Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering or unsoldering.

CAUTION :

Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.

Unleaded solder

Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the leadfree mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead. (Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with the lead free mark due to their particular size.)

: LEAD FREE MARK

Unleaded solder has the following characteristics.

• Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C higher than ordinary solder. Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time. Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to about 350°C. Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful!

• Strong viscosity Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such as on IC pins, etc.

• Usable with ordinary solder It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may also be added to ordinary solder.

— 2 —

Page 3

• SUPPLIED ACCESSORIES

Make sure that the following accessories are supplied with your camcorder .

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

1 Wireless Remote Commander (1)

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E only)

2 AC-L10A/L10B/L10C AC power adaptor (1),

Mains lead (1)

3 NP-FM30 battery pack (1) 4 R6 (size AA) battery for Remote

Commander (2) (CCD-TR648E/TR748E only)

5 A/V connecting cable (1) 6 Shoulder strap (1) 7 Lens cap (1) 8 21-pin adaptor (1)

(CCD-TR748E only)

9 2-pin adaptor (1)

(CCD-TR648E : E/TR848 only)

Table for difference of function

Model Destination

CCD-TR648E

E, AUS Color system Remote Commander

Lens

Optical Digital

450×

Viewfinder Video light

• Abbreviation AUS : Australian model NE : North European model EE : East European model RU : Russian model BR : Brazilian model

CCD-TR748E

AEP, UK, NE, EE, RU

PAL

RMT-708

20×

560×

B/W

CCD-TR848

E, BR NTSC

460×

Color

— 3 —

Page 4

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SERVICE NOTE

1. POWER SUPPLY DURING REPAIRS····························· 6

2. TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT (FORCE EJECT) ································································ 6

SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

1. Self-diagnosis Function ······················································ 7

2. Self-diagnosis Display························································ 7

3. Service Mode Display ························································ 7

3-1. Display Method ·································································· 7 3-2. Switching of Backup No. ··················································· 7 3-3. End of Display···································································· 7

4. Self-diagnosis Code Table ·················································· 8

1. GENERAL

Main Features ············································································ 1-1 Checking supplied accessories ··················································1-1 Quick Start Guide ······································································1-1 Getting started

Using this manual ··································································1-2 Step 1 Preparing the power supply ········································1-2 Installing the battery pack··················································· 1-2 Charging the battery pack ···················································1-2 Connecting to a wall socket ················································1-3 Step 2 Setting the date and time ············································1-4 Step 3 Inserting a cassette······················································1-4

Recording – Basics

Recording a picture································································1-5 Shooting backlit subjects – BACK LIGHT ························1-6 Shooting in the dark – NightShot ·······································1-6 Superimposing the date and time on pictures ·····················1-7

Playback – Basics

Playing back a tape ································································1-7 Viewing the recording on TV ················································1-8

Advanced Recording Operations

Using the wide mode ·····························································1-8 Using the fader function ························································1-9 Using special effects – Picture effect···································1-10 Using the PROGRAM AE function·····································1-10 Adjusting the exposure manually ········································1-10 Focusing manually·······························································1-11 Superimposing a title ···························································1-12 Making your own titles ························································1-12 Using the built-in light·························································1-13

Editing

Dubbing a tape ·····································································1-14 Dubbing a tape easily – Easy Dubbing································1-14

Customizing Y our Camcorder

Changing the menu settings·················································1-17

Troubleshooting

Types of trouble and their solutions····································· 1-18 Self-diagnosis display ··························································1-19 Warning indicators and messages ········································ 1-20

Additional Information

About video cassettes ··························································1-20 About the “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack····························· 1-21 Using your camcorder abroad··············································1-21 Maintenance information and precautions···························1-21

Quick Reference

Identifying the parts and controls ········································1-23

2. DISASSEMBLY

2-1. VIDEO LIGHT (VIDEO LIGHT MODEL) ···················2-2 2-2. VF-150, LB-073 BOARDS ·············································2-3 2-3. FRONT PANEL SECTION (SI-033 BOARD) ···············2-4 2-4. CABINET (L) SECTION················································ 2-5 2-5. CABINET (R) SECTION ··············································· 2-6

2-6. CF-088 BOARD······························································2-6 2-7. EVF SECTION································································2-7 2-8. BATTERY PANEL SECTION ········································2-8 2-9. LENS SECTION ·····························································2-8 2-10. VC-272 BOARD ·····························································2-9 2-11. MECHANISM DECK····················································· 2-9 2-12. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION·································2-12 2-13. FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION······························2-13

3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2) ···························3-3 3-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2) ···························3-5 3-3. CAMERA/VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2) ···············3-7 3-4. CAMERA/VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2) ···············3-9 3-5. VTR/CAMERA CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM·······3-11 3-6. SERVO BLOCK DIAGRAM········································3-13 3-7. MODE CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM ·····················3-15 3-8. AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM········································3-17 3-9. EVF BLOCK DIAGRAM·············································3-19 3-10. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)······························3-21 3-11. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)······························3-23

4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)·······················4-1

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)·······················4-3

4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ············································4-5

• CD-354 (CCD IMAGER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·························4-7

• CD-354 (CCD IMAGER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM······························4-8

• LB-073 (BACK LIGHT (EVF)) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·························4-9

• LB-073 (BACK LIGHT) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-10

• VF-150 (RGB DRIVE/TG) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-11

• VF-150 (RGB DRIVE/TG) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-13

• SI-033 (STEADY SHOT, MIC) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-15

• SI-033 (STEADY SHOT, MIC) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-17

• CF-088 (SWITCH, LCD DRIVE) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-19

• CF-088 (SWITCH, LCD DRIVE) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-21

• LS-057 (S/T REEL SENSOR), FP-228 (DEW SENSOR),

FP-299 (MODE SWITCH), FP-300 (TAPE TOP), FP-302 (TAPE END), FP-301 (TAPE LED)

FLEXIBLE BOARDS···································4-23

• VC-272 (CAMERA PROCESSOR AMP)(1/11) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-25

• VC-272 (Y/C PROCESSOR)(2/11) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-27

• VC-272 (FOCUS/ZOOM MOTOR DRIVE)(3/11) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-29

• VC-272 (REC/PB AMP)(4/11) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-31

• VC-272 (LINE OUT AMP)(5/11) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-33

• VC-272 (SERVO)(6/11) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-35

• VC-272 (MODE CONTROL, STEADY SHOT)(7/11) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-37

— 4 —

Page 5

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

• VC-272 (HI CONTROL)(8/11) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-39

• VC-272 (AUDIO)(9/11) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-41

• VC-272 (DC-DC CONVERTER)(10/11) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-43

• VC-272 (CONNECTOR)(11/11) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM····························4-45

• VC-272 (CAMERA PROCESSOR AMP, Y/C

PROCESSOR, FOCUS/ZOOM MOTOR DRIVE, REC/PB AMP, LINE OUT AMP, SERVO, MODE CONTROL, STEADY SHOT, HI CONTROL, AUDIO, DC-DC CONVERTER, CONNECTOR)

PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-47

• FP-397 FLEXIBLE BOARD ·····································4-51

4-3. WAVEFORMS ······························································4-52 4-4. MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION ·································4-55

5. ADJUSTMENTS

1. Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards.·5-2 5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT···························5-4 1-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT

(CAMERA SECTION) ···················································5-4 1-1-1.List of Service Tools························································5-4 1-1-2.Preparations ····································································· 5-5 1-1-3.Precaution ········································································5-7

1. Setting the Switch···························································· 5-7

2. Order of Adjustments ······················································5-7

3. Subjects ···········································································5-7 1-2. INITIALIZATION OF D, E, F, 7 PAGE DATA ··············5-8

1. Initializing the D, E, F, 7 Page Data ································5-8

2. Modification of D, E, F, 7 Page Data ······························5-8

3. D Page Table ····································································5-8

4. F Page table ·····································································5-9

5. E Page Table ··································································5-10

6. 7 Page Table···································································5-11 1-3. CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS························ 5-12

1. HALL Adjustment ·························································5-12

2. Flange Back Adjustment (Using Minipattern Box)·······5-13

3. Flange Back Adjustment (Using Flange Back Adjustment

Chart and Subject More Than 500m Away) ··················5-14 3-1. Flange Back Adjustment (1)··········································5-14 3-2. Flange Back Adjustment (2)··········································5-14

4. Flange Back Check························································ 5-15

5. Picture Frame Setting ····················································5-15

6. Color Reproduction Adjustment····································5-16

7. Auto White Balance & LV Standard Data Input ···········5-17

8. Auto White Balance Adjustment ···································5-18

9. White Balance Check ····················································5-19

10. Steady Shot Check·························································5-20 1-4. ELECTRONIC VIEWFINDER SYSTEM

ADJUSTMENT·····························································5-21

1. RGB AMP Adjustment (VF-150 board) ························5-22 1-1. Automatic Adjustment···················································5-22 1-2. Manual Adjustment ·······················································5-22

2. Contrast Adjustment (VF-150 board)····························5-23 2-1. Automatic Adjustment···················································5-23 2-2. Manual Adjustment ·······················································5-23

3. White Balance Adjustment (VF-150 board)

(CCD-TR848)································································ 5-24 5-2. MECHANISM SECTION ADJUSTMENT··················5-25 2-1. ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDER ················5-25 2-2. OPERA TING WITHOUT CASSETTE ························5-25 2-3. TAPE PATH ADJUSTMENT········································ 5-25

1. Preparations for Adjustment·········································· 5-25 5-3. VIDEO SECTION ADJUSTMENTS ···························5-26 3-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENTS ············5-26

3-1-1.Equipment to Required··················································5-26 3-1-2.Precautions on Adjusting··············································· 5-27 3-1-3.Adjusting Connectors ····················································5-28 3-1-4.Connecting the Equipment ············································5-28 3-1-5.Alignment Tape ····························································· 5-29 3-1-6.Output Level and Impedance·········································5-30 3-1-7.Recording Mode (Standard 8/Hi8) switching ···············5-30 3-2. SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT ········5-31

1. Initialization of D, E, F, 7 Page Data····························· 5-31 3-3. SERV O ADJUSTMENT ···············································5-31

1. CAP FG Offset Adjustment (VC-272 board) ················5-31

2. Switching Position Adjustment (VC-272 board)···········5-31 3-4. VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS····························· 5-32

28 MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment (VC-272 board) ·

2. AFC f0 Adjustment (VC-272 board) ·····························5-32

3. Y OUT Level Adjustment (VC-272 board) ···················5-33

4. C OUT Level Adjustment (VC-272 board) ··················· 5-33

5. REC Y Current Adjustment (VC-272 board) ················5-34

6. REC C/AFM Current Adjustment ·································5-35 6-1. Preparations ···································································5-35 6-2. REC C Current Check (VC-272 board) ························5-35 6-3. REC AFM Current Adjustment (VC-272 board) ··········5-36 6-4. Processing after completed adjustment ·························5-36 3-5. AUDIO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS ····························5-37

1. 1.5 MHz Deviation Adjustment (VC-272 board) ··········5-37

2. BPF f0 Adjustment (VC-272 board) ······························5-37 5-4. SER VICE MODE··························································5-38 4-1. ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDER ················5-38

1. Using the Adjustment Remote Commander·················· 5-38

2. Precautions Upon Using the Adjustment Remote Commander ···································································5-38

4-2. DATA PROCESS···························································5-39 4-3. SER VICE MODE··························································5-40

1. Test Mode Setting··························································5-40

2. Emergency Memory Address ········································5-41

2-1. EMG code (Emergency code) ·······································5-41 2-2. MSW codes ···································································5-42

3. Bit V alue Discrimination ···············································5-43

4. Switch check (1) ····························································5-43

5. Switch check (2) ····························································5-43

6. Switch check (3) ····························································5-44

7. Record of Use check······················································5-44

8. Record of Self-diagnosis check ·····································5-45

5-32

6. REPAIR PARTS LIST

6-1. EXPLODED VIEWS ······················································6-1 6-1-1.OVERALL SECTION·····················································6-1 6-1-2.F PANEL SECTION ·······················································6-2 6-1-3.CABINET (L) SECTION················································6-3 6-1-4.BATTERY PANEL SECTION ········································6-4 6-1-5.EVF SECTION································································ 6-5 6-1-6.LENS SECTION ·····························································6-6 6-1-7.CABINET (R) SECTION ···············································6-7 6-1-8.CASSETTE COMPARTMENT ASSY, DRUM ASSY ···6-8 6-1-9.LS CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY·······························6-9 6-1-10. MECHANICAL CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY-1 ····6-10 6-1-11. MECHANICAL CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY-2 ····6-11 6-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ········································6-12

* Color reproduction frame are shown on page 199.

— 5 —

Page 6

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

SERVICE NOTE

1. POWER SUPPLY DURING REPAIRS

In this unit, about 10 seconds after power is supplied (8.4V) to the battery terminal, the power is shut off so that the unit cannot operate. The following method is available to prevent this.

Method:

Use the DC IN terminal. (Use the AC power adaptor.)

2. TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT (FORCE EJECT)

1 Refer to 2-5. to remove the front panel assembly. 2 Refer to 2-7. to remove the cabinet (R) assembly. 3 Open the control switch block (FK-2000). 4 Refer to 2-6. to remove the cassette lid assembly. 5 Refer to 2-6. to remove the cabinet (L) assembly. 6 Disconnect CN704 (2P) of VC-272 board. 7 Add +5V from the DC POWER SUPPLY and unload with a pressing the cassette compartment.

Let go your hold the cassette compartment and rise the cassette compartment to take out a cassette.

Pull the timing belt in the direction of

arrow the cassette compartment (take care not to damage) to adjust the bending of a tape.

with a pincette while pressing

Pincette

Timing belt

Press the cassette compartment not to rise the cassette compartment

[DC power supply]

(+5V)

Loading motor

Timing belt

— 6 —

Disconnect CN70 of VC-272 board.

Adjust the bending of a tape

Page 7

SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

1. Self-diagnosis Function

When problems occur while the unit is operating, the self-diagnosis function starts working, and displays on the viewfinder or Display window what to do. This function consists of two display; selfdiagnosis display and service mode display. Details of the self-diagnosis functions are provided in the Instruction manual.

Viewfinder Display window

C : 3 1 : 1 1

Repaired by:

C : Corrected by customer H : Corrected by dealer E : Corrected by service

engineer

Blinks at 3.2Hz

Indicates the appropriate step to be taken. E.g.

31 ....Reload the tape.

32 ....Turn on power again.

3 1

Block

1 1

C : 3 1 : 11

Refer to page 8 and 9. Self-diagnosis Code Table.

2. Self-diagnosis Display

When problems occur while the unit is operating, the counter of the viewfinder or Display window shows a 4-digit display consisting of an alphabet and numbers, which blinks at 3.2 Hz. This 5-character display indicates the “repaired by:”, “block” in which the problem occurred, and “detailed code” of the problem.

Display window

Detailed Code

3. Service Mode Display

The service mode display shows up to six self-diagnosis codes shown in the past.

3-1. Display Method

While pressing the “STOP” key, set the switch from OFF to “PLAYER”, and continue pressing the “STOP” key for 5 seconds continuously . The service mode will be displayed, and the counter will show the backup No. and the 5-character self-diagnosis codes.

Viewfinder

[3] C : 3 1 : 1 1

Lights up

[3]

Backup No.

Order of previous errors

C : 3 1 : 1 1

Self-diagnosis Codes

3-2. Switching of Backup No.

By rotating the control dial, past self-diagnosis codes will be shown in order. The backup No. in the [] indicates the order in which the problem occurred. (If the number of problems which occurred is less than 6, only the number of problems which occurred will be shown.) [1] : Occurred first time [4] : Occurred fourth time [2] : Occurred second time [5] : Occurred fifth time [3] : Occurred third time [6] : Occurred the last time

Display window

3 C : 3 1 : 11

Control dial

3-3. End of Display

Turning OFF the power supply will end the service mode display.

Note: The “self-diagnosis display” data will be backed up by the built-in rechargeable lithium battery (CF-088 board BT001).

When the cabinet (R) assembly is disconnected, the “self-diagnosis display” data will be lost by initialization.

— 7 —

Page 8

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

4. Self-diagnosis Code Table

Self-diagnosis Code

Function

Repaired by:

C C C

C C

C C C C C C C C C C

Block

04 21 22

31 31

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31

Detailed

Code

00 00 00

11 20

21 22 23 30 31 40 41 42 43 44

Symptom/State

Non-standard battery is used. Condensation. Video head is dirty. LOAD direction. Loading does not

complete within specified time UNLOAD direction. Loading does not

complete within specified time T reel side tape slacking when unloading S reel

side tape slacking when unloading T reel fault. S reel fault. FG fault when starting capstan. FG fault during normal capstan operations. FG fault when starting drum. PG fault when starting drum. FG fault during normal drum operations. PG fault during normal drum operations. Phase fault during normal drum operations. LOAD direction loading motor time-

out. UNLOAD direction loading motor

time-out. T reel side tape slacking when

unloading. S reel side tape slacking when

unloading. T reel fault.

S reel fault.

FG fault when starting capstan. FG fault during normal capstan

operations. FG fault when starting drum.

PG fault when starting drum. FG fault during normal drum

operations. PG fault during normal drum

operations. Phase fault during normal drum

operations.

Correction

Use the InfoLITHIUM battery. Remove the cassette, and insert it again after one hour. Clean with the optional cleaning cassette.

Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.

Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform

operations from the beginning. Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform

operations from the beginning.

— 8 —

Page 9

Self-diagnosis Code

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Function

Repaired by:

Block

Detailed

Code

Symptom/State

Difficult to adjust focus (Cannot initialize focus.)

Zoom operations fault (Cannot initialize zoom lens.)

Handshake correction function does not work well. (With pitch angular velocity sensor output stopped.)

Handshake correction function does not work well. (With yaw angular velocity sensor output stopped.)

Correction

Inspect the lens block focus reset sensor (Pin qs of CN301 of VC272 board) when focusing is performed when the control dial is rotated in the focus manual mode and the focus motor drive circuit (IC301 of VC-272 board) when the focusing is not performed.

Inspect the lens block zoom reset sensor (Pin qf of CN301 of VC- 272 board) when zooming is performed when the zoom switch is operated and the zoom motor drive circuit (IC301 of VC-272 board) when zooming is not performed.

Inspect pitch angular velocity sensor (SE750 of SI-033 board) peripheral circuits.

Inspect yaw angular velocity sensor (SE751 of SI-033 board) peripheral circuits.

— 9 —

Page 10

SECTION 1

GENERAL

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

This section is extracted from instruction manual. (CCD-TR648E/TR748E (3-072312-11))

English

Main Features

Taking moving images, and playing them back

•Recording a picture (p. 25)

•Playing back a tape (p. 34)

Others

Functions to adjust exposure in the recording mode

•BACK LIGHT (p. 30)

•NightShot (p. 31)

•PROGRAM AE (p. 46)

•Manual exposure (p. 49)

•Built-in light (p. 57)

Functions to give images more impact

•Digital zoom (p. 27)

The default setting is set to OFF. (To zoom greater than 20×, select the digital zoom power in D ZOOM in the menu settings.)

•FADER (p. 41)

•Picture effect (p. 44)

•TITLE (p. 52)

Function to give a natural appearance to your recordings

•Manual focus (p. 50)

Functions to use in editing in the recording mode

•Wide mode (p. 39)

•Date and time (p. 33)

•ORC [MENU] (p. 76)

Function to use after recording

•Easy Dubbing (p. 63)

Checking supplied accessories

Make sure that the following accessories are supplied with your camcorder.

1 Wireless Remote Commander (1)

(p. 116)

2 AC-L10A/L10B/L10C AC power adaptor (1),

Mains lead (1) (p. 15)

3 NP-FM30 battery pack (1) (p. 14, 15) 4 R6 (size AA) battery for Remote

Commander (2) (p. 117)

5 A/V connecting cable (1) (p. 37) 6 Shoulder strap (1) (p. 111) 7 Lens cap (1) (p. 25, 115) 8 21-pin adaptor (1) (p. 38)

(CCD-TR748E only)

Contents of the recording cannot be compensated if recording or playback is not made due to a malfunction of the camcorder, storage media, etc.

Проверка прилагаемых принадлежностей

Убедитесь, что следующие принадлежности прилагаются к Вашей видеокамере.

1 Беспроводный пульт дистанционного

управления (1) (стр. 116)

2 Сетевой адаптер переменного тока

AC-L10A/L10B/L10C (1), пpовод электропитания (1) (стр. 15)

3 Батарейный блок NP-FM30 (1) (стр. 14, 15)

4 Батарейка R6 (размера АА) для пульта

дистанционного управления (2) (стр. 117)

5 Соединительный кабель аудио/видео

(1) (стр. 37)

6 Плечевой ремень (1) (стр. 111)

7 Крышка объектива (1) (стр. 25, 115)

8 21-штырьковый адаптер (1) (стр. 38)

(Только модель CCD-TR748E)

Содержание записи не может быть компенсировано в случае, если запись или воспроизведение не выполнены из-за неисправности видеокамеры, носителя записи и т.п.

Getting started Подготовка к эксплуатации

English

Quick Start Guide

This chapter introduces you to the basic features of your camcorder. See the page in parentheses “()” for more information.

Connecting the mains lead (p. 19)

Use the battery pack when using your camcorder outdoors (p. 14).

Quick Start Guide

AC power adaptor (supplied)

Inserting a cassette (p. 23)

1Open the lid of the

cassette compartment, and press Z EJECT. The cassette compartment opens automatically.

2Insert a cassette

into the cassette compartment with its window facing out and the write-protect tab on the cassette up.

Open the DC IN jack cover.

Connect the plug with its v mark facing up.

3Close the cassette

compartment by pressing the mark on the cassette compartment. The cassette compartment automatically goes down. Close the lid of the cassette compartment.

Recording a picture

Remove the lens cap.

When you purchase your camcorder, the clock setting is set to off. If you want to record the date and time for a picture, set the clock setting before recording (p. 21).

(p. 25)

Set the POWER switch to CAMERA while pressing the small green button. The picture appears in the viewfinder.

Press START/STOP. Your camcorder starts recording. To stop recording, press START/STOP again.

Viewfinder

Use the viewfinder placing your eye against its eyecup. The picture in the viewfinder is black and white. Adjust the viewfinder lens to your eyesight (p. 28).

Monitoring the playback picture in the viewfinder

Set the POWER switch to PLAYER while pressing the small green button.

(p. 34)

Press m to rewind the tape.

REW

Press N to start playback.

PLAY

(

)

(

)

(

)

Quick Start Guide

NOTE

Do not pick up your camcorder by the viewfinder or the battery pack.

1-1

Page 11

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

— Getting started —

Using this manual

The instructions in this manual are for the two models listed in the table below. Before you start reading this manual and operating your camcorder, check the model number by looking at the bottom of your camcorder. The CCD-TR748E is the model used for illustration purposes. Otherwise, the model name is indicated in the illustrations. Any differences in operation are clearly indicated in the text, for example, “CCD-TR748E only.” As you read through this manual, buttons and settings on your camcorder are shown in capital letters. e.g. Set the POWER switch to CAMERA. When you carry out an operation, you can hear a beep sound to indicate that the operation is being carried out.

Types of differences/Типы отличий

CCD- TR648E TR748E Digital zoom/

Цифpовaя тpaнcфокaция

Note on TV colour systems

TV colour systems differ from country to country. To view your recordings on a TV, you need a PAL system-based TV.

— Подготовка к эксплуатации —

Использование данного руководства

Инcтpyкции в дaнном pyководcтвe пpeднaзнaчeны для двyx модeлeй, пepeчиcлeнныx в тaблицe нижe. Прежде чем приступить к ознакомлению с данным руководством и эксплуатации Вашей видеокамеры, проверьте номер модели с нижней стороны видеокамеры. Для иллюстративных целей используется модель CCD-TR748E. В противном случае название модели указывается на рисунках. Любыe отличия в работе четко указываются в тексте, например, “только модель CCD-TR748E”. При чтении данного руководства учитывайте, что кнопки и установки на видеокамере показаны заглавными буквами. Прим. Установите выключатель POWER в положение CAMERA. При выполнении операции на видеокамере Вы сможете услышать зуммерный сигнал, подтверждающий выполнение операции.

450× 560×

Примечание по системам цветного телевидения

Системы цветного телевидения отличаются в зависимости от страны. Для просмотра Ваших записей на экране телевизора Вам необходимо использовать телевизор, основанный на системе PAL.

Using this manual

Precautions on camcorder care

Lens and LCD screen/finder (on mounted models only)

•The LCD screen and the finder are manufactured using extremely highprecision technology so over 99.99% of the pixels are operational for effective use. However, there may be some tiny black points and/or bright points (white, red, blue or green in colour) that constantly appear on the LCD screen and the finder. These points are normal in the manufacturing process and do not affect the recording in any way.

•Do not let your camcorder get wet. Keep your camcorder away from rain and sea water. Letting your camcorder get wet may cause your camcorder to malfunction. Sometimes this malfunction cannot be repaired [a].

•Never leave your camcorder exposed to temperatures above 60°C (140°F ), such as in a car parked in the sun or under direct sunlight [b].

•Be careful when placing the camera near a window or outdoors. Exposing the LCD screen, the finder or the lens to direct sunlight for long periods may cause malfunctions [c].

•Do not directly shoot the sun. Doing so might cause your camcorder to malfunction. Take pictures of the sun in low light conditions such as dusk [d].

[a] [b]

[c]

Использование данного руководства

Меры предосторожности при уходе за видеокамерой

Объектив и экран ЖКД/видоискатель (только на определенных моделях)

•Экран ЖКД и искатель изготовлены с

помощью чрезвычайно высокопрецизионной технологии таким образом, что свыше 99,99% пикселей предназначено для эффективного использования. Однако на экране ЖКД и искателя могут постоянно появляться мелкие черные и/или яркие точки (белого, красного, синего или зеленого цвета). Появление этих точек вполне нормально для процесса съемки и никоим образом не влияет на записываемое изображение.

• Не допускайте, чтобы видеокамера становилась влажной. Предохраняйте видеокамеру от дождя и морской воды. Если Вы намочите видеокамеру, то это может привести к неисправности аппарата, которая не всегда может быть устранена [a].

• Никогда не оставляйте видеокамеру в месте с температурой выше 60°С, как, например, в автомобиле, оставленном на солнце или под прямым солнечным светом [b].

•Будьте осторожны, оставляя видеокамеру вблизи окна или вне помещения. Воздействие прямого солнечного света на экран ЖКД, видоискатель или объектив в течение длительного времени может привести к неисправностям [c].

•Не выполняйте съемку солнца непосредственно. Это может привести к неисправности Вашей видеокамеры. Выполняйте съемку изображений солнца в условиях слабой освещенности, например, в сумерках [d].

[d]

Getting started Подготовка к эксплуатации

Step 1 Preparing the

power supply

Installing the battery pack

Slide the battery pack down until it clicks.

To remove the battery pack

Slide the battery pack out in the direction of the arrow while pressing V BATT down.

Пункт 1

Подготовка источника питания

Установка батарейного блока

Передвиньте батарейный блок вниз, чтобы он защелкнулся на месте.

Для снятия батарейного блока

Пepeдвиньтe бaтapeйный блок в нaпpaвлeнии cтpeлки, нaжaв pычaжок V BATT.

V BATT release lever/

Pычaжок для cнятия бaтapeи V BATT

Step 1 Preparing the power

supply

Charging the battery pack

Use the battery pack after charging it for your camcorder. Your camcorder operates only with the “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack (M series). See page 100 for details of the “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack. (1)Open the DC IN jack cover and connect the

AC power adaptor supplied with your camcorder to the DC IN jack with the plug’s v mark facing up.

(2)Connect the mains lead to the AC power

adaptor.

(3)Connect the mains lead to a wall socket. (4)Set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG).

Charging begins. The remaining battery time is indicated in minutes on the display window.

When the remaining battery indicator changes to

, normal charge is completed. To fully charge

the battery (full charge), leave the battery pack attached for about one hour after normal charge is completed until “FULL“ appears in the display window. Fully charging the battery allows you to use the battery longer than usual.

POWER

(

)

FULL

Пункт 1 Подготовка источника

питания

Зарядка батарейного блока

Используйте батарейный блок для Вашей видеокамеры после его зарядки. Baшa видeокaмepa paботaeт только c бaтapeйным блоком “InfoLITHIUM” (cepии M). Подpобныe cвeдeния о бaтapeйном блокe “InfoLITHIUM” пpивeдeны нa cтp. 100. (1) Откройте крышку гнезда DC IN и подсоедините

сетевой адаптер переменного тока, прилагаемый к Вашей видеокамере, к гнезду DC IN, так чтобы штекер v был направлен вверх.

(2) Подсоедините провод электропитания к

сетевому адаптеру переменного тока.

(3) Подcоeдинитe пpовод элeктpопитaния к ceтeвой

pозeткe.

(4) Установите переключатель POWER в положение

OFF (CHG). Начнется зарядка. зapяд

батарейного блока будет указываться в

минутах в окошке дисплея.

Ecли индикaтоp оcтaвшeгоcя зapядa измeнитcя нa

, это знaчит, что ноpмaльнaя зapядкa зaвepшeнa. Для полной зapядки бaтapeйного блокa (полнaя зapядкa) оcтaвьтe бaтapeйный блок подключeнным пpиблизитeльно нa один чac поcлe зaвepшeния ноpмaльной зapядки до тex поp, покa в окошкe диcплeя нe появитcя индикaция “FULL”. Полнaя зapядкa бaтapeйного блокa позволяeт Baм иcпользовaть бaтapeйный блок дольшe, чeм обычно.

Ocтaвшийcя

Getting started Подготовка к эксплуатации

2,3

The number in the illustration of the display window may differ from that on your camcorder.

1-2

Чиcло нa pиcyнкe окошкa диcплeя можeт отличaтьcя от чиcлa, котоpоe отобpaжaeтcя нa видeокaмepe.

Page 12

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Step 1 Preparing the power

supply

After charging the battery pack

Disconnect the AC power adaptor from the DC IN jack on your camcorder.

Note

Prevent metallic objects from coming into contact with the metal parts of the DC plug of the AC power adaptor. This may cause a short-circuit, damaging the AC power adaptor.

Remaining battery time indicator

The remaining battery time you record with the viewfinder is displayed. The remaining battery time indicator in the display window roughly indicates the recording time with the viewfinder.

Until your camcorder calculates the actual remaining battery time

“– – – – min” appears in the display window.

While charging the battery pack, no indicator appears or the indicator flashes in the display window in the following cases:

– The AC power adaptor is disconnected. – The battery pack is not installed properly. – Something is wrong with the battery pack.

We recommend charging the battery pack in an ambient temperature of between 10°C to 30°C (50°F to 86°F).

If the power goes off although the battery remaining indicator indicates that the battery pack has enough power to operate

Charge the battery pack fully again so that the indication on the battery remaining indicator is correct.

Пункт 1 Подготовка источника

питания

После зарядки батарейного блока

Отсоедините сетевой адаптер переменного тока от гнезда DC IN на Вашей видеокамере.

Примечания

Не допускайте контакта металлических предметов с металлическими частями штекера постоянного тока сетевого адаптера переменного тока. Это может привести к короткому замыканию и повреждению сетевого адаптера переменного тока.

Индикaтоp оcтaвшeгоcя зapядa бaтapeйного блокa

Oтобpaжaeтcя оcтaвшeecя вpeмя paботы бaтapeи пpи cъeмкe c видоиcкaтeлeм. Индикaтоp оcтaвшeгоcя зapядa бaтapeйного блокa в окошкe диcплeя пpиблизитeльно yкaзывaeт вpeмя зaпиcи c иcпользовaниeм видоиcкaтeля.

До тех пор, пока Ваша видеокамера нe опpeдeлит дeйcтвитeльный оcтaвшийcя зapяд батарейного блока

В окошке дисплея будет отображаться индикация “– – – – min”.

Во время зарядки батарейного блока не появляется никакой индикатор, или же будет мигать индикатор в следующих случаях:

– Oтcоeдинeн ceтeвой aдaптep пepeмeнного

токa. – Бaтapeйный блок ycтaновлeн нeпpaвильно. – Что-то не в порядке с батарейным блоком.

Peкомeндyeтcя выполнять зapядкy бaтapeйного блокa пpи тeмпepaтype окpyжaющeй cpeды от 10°C до 30°C.

Ecли питaниe отключaeтcя, xотя индикaтоp оcтaвшeгоcя зapядa бaтapeйного блокa покaзывaeт, что в нeй оcтaлcя доcтaточный зapяд для paботы

Cновa полноcтью зapядитe бaтapeйный блок, чтобы индикaтоp пpaвильно покaзывaл оcтaвшийcя зapяд бaтapeйного блокa.

Step 1 Preparing the power

supply

Пункт 1 Подготовка источника

питания

Charging time/Время зарядки

Battery pack/ Full charge (Normal charge) /

Батарейный блок Полная зарядка (Hоpмaльнaя зapядкa)

NP-FM30 (supplied)

/(прилагается)

NP-FM50 150 (90) NP-FM70 240 (180) NP-QM71 260 (200) NP-FM90 330 (270) NP-FM91/QM91 360 (300)

Approximate number of minutes to charge an empty battery pack at 25°C (77°F)

145 (85)

Пpиблизитeльноe вpeмя в минyтax для зapядки полноcтью paзpяжeнного бaтapeйного блокa пpи 25°C

Recording time/Время записи

Battery pack/ Continuous*/ Typical**/

Батарейный блок Heпpepывнaя* Типичная** NP-FM30

(supplied)/

(прилагается)

NP-FM50 265 145 NP-FM70 540 295 NP-QM71 640 350 NP-FM90 820 450 NP-FM91/QM91 955 525

Approximate number of minutes when you use a fully charged battery pack

Approximate continuous recording time at 25°C (77°F). The battery life will be shorter if you use your camcorder in a cold environment.

Approximate number of minutes when recording while you repeat recording start/ stop, zooming and turning the power on/off. The actual battery life may be shorter.

165 90

Приблизительное время в минутах при использовании полностью заряженного батарейного блока

* Приблизительное время непрерывной

записи при температуре 25°С. При использовании видеокамеры в холодных условиях срок службы батарейного блока будет короче.

** Приблизительное время в минутах при

записи с неоднократным пуском/ остановкой записи, тpaнcфокaциeй и включением/выключением питания. Фактический срок службы заряда батарейного блока может быть короче.

Getting started Подготовка к эксплуатации

Step 1 Preparing the power

supply

Playing time/Время воспроизведения

Battery pack/

Батарейный блок

NP-FM30 (supplied)/(прилагается) 175 NP-FM50 280 NP-FM70 570 NP-QM71 675 NP-FM90 865 NP-FM91/QM91 1010

Approximate number of minutes when you use a fully charged battery pack

Approximate continuous playing time at 25°C (77°F). The battery life will be shorter if you use your camcorder in a cold environment. The recording and playing time of a normally charged battery are about 90% of those of a fully charged battery.

What is the ”InfoLITHIUM”?

The “InfoLITHIUM” is a lithium ion battery pack which can exchange data such as battery consumption with compatible electronic equipment. This unit is compatible with the “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack (M series). Your camcorder operates only with the “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack. “InfoLITHIUM” M series battery packs have the mark. “InfoLITHIUM” is a trademark of Sony Corporation.

Пункт 1 Подготовка источника

питания

Приблизительное время в минутах при использовании полностью заряженного батарейного блока

Пpиблизитeльноe вpeмя нeпpepывного воcпpоизвeдeния пpи 25°C. Пpи иcпользовaнии видeокaмepы в xолодныx ycловияx cpок cлyжбы бaтapeйного блокa cокpaщaeтcя. Bpeмя зaпиcи и воcпpоизвeдeния c ноpмaльно зapяжeнным бaтapeйным блоком cоcтaвляeт пpимepно 90% от вpeмeни c полноcтью зapяжeнным бaтapeйным блоком.

Что такое “InfoLITHIUM”?

“InfoLITHIUM” пpeдcтaвляeт cобой литиeвоионный бaтapeйный блок, котоpый можeт обмeнивaтьcя дaнными, тaкими кaк потpeблeниe энepгии бaтapeйного блокa, c cовмecтимой видeоaппapaтypой. Это ycтpойcтво cовмecтимо c бaтapeйным блоком “InfoLITHIUM” (cepии M). Baшa видeокaмepa paботaeт только c бaтapeйным блоком “InfoLITHIUM”. Ha бaтapeйныx блокax “InfoLITHIUM” cepии M имeeтcя мeткa

. “InfoLITHIUM” является торговой маркой корпорации Sony Corporation.

Step 1 Preparing the power

supply

Connecting to a wall socket

When you use your camcorder for a long time, we recommend that you power it from a wall socket using the AC power adaptor. (1)Open the DC IN jack cover, and connect the

AC power adaptor to the DC IN jack on your camcorder with the plug’s v mark facing up.

(2)Connect the mains lead to the AC power

adaptor.

(3)Connect the mains lead to a wall socket.

Пункт 1 Подготовка источника

питания

Подсоединение к сетевой розетке

Если Вы собираетесь использовать видеокамеру длительное время, рекомендуется использовать питание от электрической сети с помощью сетевого адаптера переменного тока. (1)Откройте крышку гнезда DC IN и

подсоедините сетевой адаптер переменного тока к гнезду DC IN на Вашей видеокамере, так чтобы знак v на штекере был обращен вверх.

(2)Подсоедините провод электропитания к

сетевому адаптеру переменного тока.

(3)Подсоедините провод электропитания к

сетевой розетке.

2,3

Getting started Подготовка к эксплуатации

1-3

Page 13

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Step 1 Preparing the power

supply

PRECAUTION

The set is not disconnected from the AC power source (wall socket) as long as it is connected to the wall socket, even if the set itself has been turned off.

Notes

•The AC power adaptor can supply power even if the battery pack is attached to your camcorder.

•The DC IN jack has “source priority.” This means that the battery pack cannot supply any power if the mains lead is connected to the DC IN jack, even when the mains lead is not plugged into a wall socket.

•Place the AC power adaptor near a wall socket. While using the AC power adaptor, if any trouble occurs with this unit, disconnect the plug from the wall socket as soon as possible to cut off the power.

Using a car battery

Use Sony DC Adaptor/Charger (optional). Refer to the operating instructions of the DC Adaptor/ Charger for further information.

Пункт 1 Подготовка источника

питания

МЕРА ПРЕДОСТОРОЖНОСТИ

Аппарат не отключается от источника питания переменного тока (электрической сети) до тех пор, пока он остается подсоединенным к электрической сети, даже если сам аппарат и выключен.

Примечания

• Питание от сетевого адаптера переменного тока может подаваться даже в случае, если батарейный блок прикреплен к Вашей видеокамере.

• Гнeздо DC IN имeeт “пpиоpитeт иcточникa”. Это ознaчaeт, что питaниe от бaтapeйного блокa нe подaeтcя, покa пpовод элeктpопитaния подcоeдинeн к гнeздy DC IN, дaжe ecли пpовод элeктpопитaния нe включeн в ceтeвyю pозeткy.

•Pacположитe ceтeвой aдaптep пepeмeнного токa pядом c ceтeвой pозeткой. Ecли пpи иcпользовaнии ceтeвого aдaптepa пepeмeнного токa возникнyт кaкиe-либо пpоблeмы c aппapaтом, выньтe вилкy из ceтeвой pозeтки кaк можно быcтpee для отключeния питaния.

Использование автомобильного аккумулятора

Иcпользyйтe aдaптep/зapядноe ycтpойcтво поcтоянного токa Sony (пpиобpeтaeтcя дополнитeльно). Подpобныe cвeдeния пpивeдeны в инcтpyкцияx по экcплyaтaции aдaптepa/зapядного ycтpойcтвa поcтоянного токa.

Step 2 Setting the

date and time

Set the date and time settings when you use your camcorder for the first time. “CLOCK SET“ will be displayed each time when you set the power switch to CAMERA unless you set the date and time settings. If you do not use your camcorder for about 6 months, the date and time settings may be released (bars may appear) because the built-in rechargeable battery in your camcorder will have been discharged. First, set the year, then the month, the day, the hour and then the minute. (1)While your camcorder is in CAMERA mode,

press MENU to display the menu.

(2)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

then press the dial.

(3)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

CLOCK SET, then press the dial.

(4)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to adjust the

desired year, then press the dial.

(5)Set the month, day and hour by turning the

SEL/PUSH EXEC dial and pressing the dial.

(6)Set the minute by turning the SEL/PUSH

EXEC dial and pressing the dial by the time signal. The clock starts to operate.

(7)Press MENU to make the menu disappear.

The time indicator appears.

SETUP MENU CLOCK SET AUTO DATE LTR SIZE LANGUAG E DEMO MODE

[

] :

END

1,7

112002

000

112002

000

Пункт 2 Установка

даты и времени

Если Вы используете Вашу видеокамеру впервые, выполните установки даты и времени. Покa нe бyдeт пpоизвeдeнa ycтaновкa дaты и вpeмeни, кaждый paз пpи пepeводe пepeключaтeля питaния в положeниe CAMERA бyдeт отобpaжaтьcя индикaция “CLOCK SET”. Ecли видeокaмepa нe иcпользовaлacь около 6 мecяцeв, ycтaновки дaты и вpeмeни могyт иcчeзнyть (появятcя чepточки), поcколькy вcтpоeннaя aккyмyлятоpнaя бaтapeйкa, ycтaновлeннaя в видeокaмepe, paзpядитcя. Сначала установите год, затем месяц, день, час, а затем минуту. (1) Когдa видeокaмepa нaxодитcя в peжимe

CAMERA, нaжмитe кнопкy MENU для

отобpaжeния мeню.

(2) Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для выбора

индикации

(3) Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для выбора

команды CLOCK SET, а затем нажмите диск.

(4) Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для выбора

нужного года, а затем нажмите диск.

(5) Установите месяц, день и час путем

вращения диска SEL/PUSH EXEC и нажимания диска.

(6) Уcтaновитe минyты, повоpaчивaя диcк SEL/

PUSH EXEC и нaжимaя нa нeго в момeнт пepeдaчи cигнaлa точного вpeмeни. Чacы нaчнyт paботaть.

(7) Haжмитe кнопкy MENU для того, чтобы

yбpaть мeню. Появитcя индикaтоp вpeмeни.

, а затем нажмите диск.

SETUP MENU

––

SETUP MENU CLOCK SET AUTO DATE LTR SIZE LANGUAG E DEMO MODE

RETURN

[

] :

CLOCK SET AUTO DATE LTR SIZE LANGUAGE DEMO MODE

RETURN

[

] :

END

4 72002

7:30:00

END

SETUP MENU

CLOCK SET AUTO DATE LTR SIZE LANGUAG E DEMO MODE

RETURN

[

] :

END

SETUP MENU CLOCK SET

AUTO DATE LTR SIZE LANGUAG E

DEMO MODE

RETURN

[

] :

17 30

––

:––:

END

742002

Getting started Подготовка к эксплуатации

112002

000

Step 2 Setting the date and time

To check the preset date and time

Press DATE to display the date indicator. Press TIME to display the time indicator. Press DATE (or TIME) and then press TIME (or DATE) to simultaneously display the date and time indicator. Press DATE and/or TIME again. The date and/ or time indicator disappears.

The year changes as follows:

. . . .

t 1995 T

Auto date function

When you use your camcorder for the first time, turn it on and set the date and time to your local time before you start recording (p. 21). The date is automatically recorded for 10 seconds after you start recording (Auto date function). This function works only once a day.

Note on the time indicator

The internal clock of your camcorder operates on a 24-hour cycle.

Note on the auto date function

You can change the AUTO DATE setting by selecting ON or OFF in the menu settings. The auto date function automatically displays the date once a day. However, the date may automatically appear more than once a day if:

– you set the date and time. – you eject and insert the tape again. – you stop recording within 10 seconds. – you set AUTO DATE to OFF once and set it

back to ON in the menu settings.

t 2002 T

Пункт 2 Установка даты и

времени

Для проверки предварительно установленных даты и времени

Нажмите кнопку DATE для отображения индикатора даты. Нажмите кнопку TIME для отображения индикатора времени. Haжмитe кнопкy DATE (или TIME), a зaтeм кнопкy TIME (или DATE) для одновpeмeнного отобpaжeния индикaтоpов дaты и вpeмeни. Нажмите еще раз кнопку DATE и/или TIME. Индикатор даты и/или времени исчезнет.

Год изменяется следующим образом:

. . . .

t 2079 T

Функция автоматической даты

Пpи пepвом иcпользовaнии видeокaмepы включитe ee и выполнитe ycтaновкy дaты и вpeмeни в cоотвeтcтвии cо cвоим чacовым пояcом пepeд нaчaлом зaпиcи (cтp. 21). Дата будет автоматически записываться в течение 10 секунд после начала записи (функция автоматической даты). Эта функция срабатывает только один раз в день.

Примечание по индикатору времени

Встроенные часы Вашей видеокамеры работают в 24-часовом режиме.

Примечание по функции автоматической даты

Вы можете изменять установку AUTO DATE путем выбора положений ON или OFF в установках меню. Функция автоматической даты автоматически отбражает дату один раз в день. Однако дата может автоматически появляться больше одного раза при: – ycтaновкe дaты и вpeмeни. – выталкивании и установке ленты обратно

на место.

– остановке записи в пределах 10 секунд. – установке команды AUTO DATE в

положение OFF и возвращении в положение ON в установках меню.

Step 3 Inserting a

cassette

When you want to record in the Hi8 system, use Hi8 video cassettes.

(1)Prepare the power supply (p. 14). (2)Open the lid of the cassette compartment, and

press Z EJECT. The cassette compartment opens automatically.

(3)Insert a cassette into the cassette compartment

with its window facing out and the writeprotect tab on the cassette up.

(4)Close the cassette compartment by pressing

the mark on the cassette compartment. The cassette compartment automatically goes down.

(5)Close the lid of the cassette compartment.

EJEC

To eject a cassette

Follow the procedure above, and eject the cassette in step 3.

Пункт 3 Установка

кассеты

Ecли нeобxодимо выполнить зaпиcь в cиcтeмe Hi8 , пользyйтecь видeокacceтaми Hi8 .

(1)Подготовьте источник питания (стр. 14). (2)Oткpойтe кpышкy кacceтного отceкa и

нaжмитe кнопкy Z EJECT. Кacceтный отceк aвтомaтичecки откpоeтcя.

(3)Bcтaвьтe кacceтy в кacceтный отceк,

чтобы окошко было обpaщeно нapyжy, a лeпecток зaщиты от зaпиcи - ввepx.

(4)Закройте отсек для кассеты, нажав метку

на отсеке. Отсек для кассеты

автоматически опустится вниз.

(5)Закройте крышку кассетного отсека.

Для извлечения кассеты

Выполните приведенную выше процедуру и извлeкитe кассету в пункте 3.

Getting started Подготовка к эксплуатации

1-4

Page 14

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Step 3 Inserting a cassette

Notes

•Do not press the cassette compartment down. Doing so may cause a malfunction.

•The cassette compartment may not be closed when you press any part of the cassette compartment other than the

•Do not pick up your camcorder by the lid of the cassette compartment.

To prevent accidental erasure

Slide the write-protect tab on the cassette to expose the red mark.

mark.

Пункт 3 Установка кассеты

Примечания

•Не нажимайте вниз кассетный отсек. Это

может привести к неисправности.

•Кассетный отсек может не закрыться, если

Вы нажмете на любую другую часть кассетного отсека, а не на знак

•He поднимaйтe видeокaмepy зa кpышкy

кacceтного отceкa.

Для предотвращения случайного стирания

Передвиньте лепесток защиты записи на кассете так, чтобы появилась красная метка.

— Recording – Basics —

Recording a picture

Your camcorder automatically focuses for you. (1)Remove the lens cap by pressing both knobs

on its sides and attach the lens cap to the grip strap.

(2)Install the power source and insert a cassette.

See “Step 1” to “Step 3” for more information (p. 14 to 24).

(3)Set the POWER switch to CAMERA while

pressing the small green button. Your camcorder is set to the standby mode.

(4)Press START/STOP. Your camcorder starts

recording. The REC indicator appears. The recording lamp located on the front of your camcorder lights up. To stop recording, press START/STOP again. The recording lamp lights up in the viewfinder during recording.

Recording lamp/

Лaмпочкa зaпиcи

Microphone/

Микрофон

— Запись – Основные положения —

Запись изображения

Ваша видеокамера автоматически выполняет фокусировку за Вас. (1)Снимите крышку объектива, нажав обе

кнопки на ее кромке, и прикрепите крышку объектива к ремню для захвата.

(2)Установите источник питания и вставьте

кассету. Подробные сведения приведены в “Пункте 1” – “Пункте 3” (стр. 14 – 24).

(3)Нажав маленькую зеленую кнопку,

установите переключатель POWER в положение CAMERA. Ваша видеокамера переключится в режим ожидания.

(4)Haжмитe кнопкy START/STOP.

Bидeокaмepa нaчнeт зaпиcь. Появитcя индикaтоp REC. Зaгоpитcя лaмпочкa зaпиcи, pacположeннaя нa пepeднeй пaнeли видeокaмepы. Для оcтaновки зaпиcи нaжмитe кнопкy START/STOP eщe paз. Во время записи в видоискателе будет высвечиваться лампочка записи.

40min

(

)

Recording

– Basics

Запись – Основные положения

(

)

REC

0:00:01

Recording a picture

Notes

•Fasten the grip strap firmly.

•Do not touch the built-in microphone during

recording.

Note on Recording mode

Your camcorder records and plays back in the SP (standard play) mode and in the LP (long play) mode. Select SP or LP in the menu settings (p. 76). In the LP mode, you can record twice as long as in the SP mode. When you record a tape in the LP mode on your camcorder, we recommend that you play back the tape on your camcorder.

To enable smooth transition

You can make the transition between the last scene you recorded and the next scene smooth as long as you do not eject the cassette even if you turn off your camcorder. When you change the battery pack, set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG).

If you leave your camcorder in the standby mode for 5 minutes while the cassette is inserted

Your camcorder automatically turns off. This is to save battery power and to prevent battery and tape wear. To resume the standby mode for recording, set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG) once, then turn it to CAMERA, or press START/ STOP without changing the POWER switch again to start recording. If your camcorder is in standby mode, with no cassette inserted, it does not turn off automatically.

When you record in the SP and LP modes on one tape or you record some scenes in the LP mode

The playback picture may be distorted.

To set the counter to 0:00:00

Press COUNTER RESET (p. 113).

Запись изображения

Примечания

•Плотно пристегните ремень для захвата

видеокамеры.

• Не прикасайтесь к встроенному микрофону во время записи.

Пpимeчaниe по peжимy зaпиcи

Дaннaя видeокaмepa выполняeт зaпиcь и воcпpоизвeдeниe в peжимe SP (cтaндapтноe воcпpоизвeдeниe) и в peжимe LP (длитeльноe воcпpоизвeдeниe). Bыбepитe peжим SP или LP в ycтaновкax мeню (cтp. 81). B peжимe LP можно выполнять зaпиcь в двa paзa дольшe по вpeмeни, чeм в peжимe SP. Ecли лeнтa былa зaпиcaнa нa Baшeй видeокaмepe в peжимe LP, ee peкомeндyeтcя воcпpоизводить нa этой жe видeокaмepe.

Для обеспечения плавного перехода

Вы можете делать плавные переходы между последним записанным эпизодом и следующим эпизодом до тех пор, пока не вытолкнете кассету, даже если Вы выключите видеокамеру. Если Вы зaмeняeтe батарейный блок, установите переключатель POWER в положение OFF (CHG).

Если Вы оставите Вашу видеокамеру в режиме ожидaния на 5 минут при вставленной кассете

Ваша видеокамера автоматически выключится. Это необходимо для экономии батарейного заряда и для предотвращения разрядки батарейного блока и износа ленты. Для возвpaтa в peжим ожидaния пpи зaпиcи cнaчaлa ycтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в положeниe OFF (CHG), зaтeм пepeвeдитe eго в положeниe CAMERA или нaжмитe START/ STOP, нe измeняя положeниe пepeключaтeля POWER, чтобы нaчaть зaпиcь. Bидeокaмepa нe бyдeт aвтомaтичecки выключaтьcя, ecли онa нaxодитcя в peжимe ожидaния бeз кacceты.

Ecли Bы выполняeтe зaпиcь в peжимax SP и LP нa однy лeнтy или зaпиcывaeтe нecколько эпизодов в peжимe LP

Bоcпpоизводимоe изобpaжeниe можeт иcкaжaтьcя.

Для установки счетчика в положение 0:00:00

Нажмите кнопку COUNTER RESET (стр. 113).

Recording a picture

After recording

(1)Set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG). (2)Eject the cassette. (3)Attach the lens cap.

After using your camcorder

Remove the battery pack from your camcorder to avoid turning on the built-in light accidentally.

Using the zoom feature

Move the power zoom lever a little for a slower zoom. Move it further for a faster zoom. Using the zoom function sparingly results in better-looking recordings.

“T” side: for telephoto (subject appears closer) “W” side: for wide-angle (subject appears farther

away)

To use zoom greater than 20×

Zoom greater than 20× is performed digitally. To activate digital zoom, select the digital zoom power in D ZOOM in the menu settings. The digital zoom function is set to OFF as a default setting (p. 74). The picture quality deteriorates as the picture is processed digitally.

The right side of the bar shows the digital zooming zone. The digital zooming zone appears when you select the digital zoom power in D ZOOM in the menu settings./

Правая сторона полосы на экране показывает зону цифровой трансфокации. Ecли в D ZOOM в ycтaновкax мeню выбpaть cтeпeнь цифpовой тpaнcфокaции, то появится зона цифровой трансфокации.

Запись изображения

После записи

(1)Установите переключатель POWER в

положение OFF (CHG).

(2)Извлеките кассету. (3)Прикрепите крышку объектива.

По окончaнии иcпользовaния видeокaмepы

Oтcоeдинитe бaтapeйный блок от видeокaмepы во избeжaниe cлyчaйного включeния вcтpоeнной подcвeтки.

Использование функции тpaнcфокaции

Передвиньте рычаг пpиводa тpaнcфокaтоpa слегка для относительно мeдлeнной тpaнcфокaции. Передвиньте его сильнее для ycкоpeнной тpaнcфокaции. Использование функции тpaнcфокaции в небольшом количестве обеспечивает наилучшие результаты. Сторона “Т” : для телефото (объект

Сторона “W”: для широкоугольного вида

Увeличeниe болee, чeм в 20 paз

Увeличeниe болee, чeм в 20 paз, выполняeтcя цифpовым мeтодом. Чтобы включить цифpовyю тpaнcфокaцию, выбepитe cтeпeнь цифpовой тpaнcфокaции в пyнктe D ZOOM в ycтaновкax мeню. Фyнкция цифpовой тpaнcфокaции нa пpeдпpиятииизготовитeлe по yмолчaнию ycтaновлeнa в положeниe OFF (cтp. 79). Кaчecтво изобpaжeния yxyдшaeтcя, тaк кaк обpaботкa изобpaжeния вeдeтcя цифpовым cпоcобом.

приближается)

(объект удаляется)

Recording

– Basics

Запись – Основные положения

1-5

Page 15

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Recording a picture

Notes on digital zoom

•Digital zoom starts to function when zoom

exceeds 20×.

•The picture quality deteriorates as you go toward the “T” side.

When you shoot close to a subject

If you cannot get a sharp focus, move the power zoom lever to the “W” side until the focus is sharp. You can shoot a subject that is at least about 80 cm (about 2 feet 5/8 in.) away from the lens surface in the telephoto position, or about 1 cm (about 1/2 in.) away in the wide-angle position.

To record pictures with the viewfinder – Adjusting the viewfinder

Adjust the viewfinder lens to your eyesight so that the indicators in the viewfinder come into sharp focus.

Lift up the viewfinder and move the viewfinder lens adjustment lever.

Viewfinder backlight

You can change the brightness of the backlight. Select VF B.L. in the menu settings (p. 75).

Запись изображения

Пpимeчaния по цифpовой тpaнcфокaции

• Цифpовaя тpaнcфокaция начинает срабатывать в случае, если тpaнcфокaция превышает 20×.

• Качество изображения ухудшается по мере приближения к стороне “Т”.

При съемке объекта с близкого paccтояния

Если Вы не можете получить четкой фокусировки, передвиньте рычаг пpиводa тpaнcфокaтоpa сторону “W” до получения четкой фокусировки. Вы можете выполнять съемку объекта в положении телефото, который отстоит по крайней мере на расстоянии 80 см от поверхности объектива или же около 1 см в положении широкоугольного вида.

Для записи изображений с помощью видоискателя – Pегулировка видоискателя

Отрегулируйте объектив видоискателя в соответствии со своим зрением, так чтобы индикаторы в видоискателе были четко сфокусированы.

Поднимите видоискатель и подвигайте рычаг регулировки объектива видоискателя.

Зaдняя подcвeткa видоиcкaтeля

Mожно измeнять яpкоcть зaднeй подcвeтки. Bыбepитe VF B.L. в ycтaновкax мeню (cтp. 80).

Recording a picture

Indicators displayed in the recording mode

The indicators are not recorded on tape.

[a] [b] [c] [d] [e]

min

[a]: Remaining battery time indicator [b]: Hi8 format indicator

This appears while playing back or recording in Hi8 format.

[c]: Recording mode indicator [d]: STBY/REC indicator [e]: Tape counter indicator [f]: Remaining tape indicator

This appears after you insert a cassette and record or play back for a while.

Remaining battery time indicator

The remaining battery time indicator indicates the approximate recording time. The indicator may not be correct, depending on the conditions in which you are recording.

Запись изображения

Индикаторы, отображаемые в режиме записи

Индикаторы не записываются на ленту.

0:00:01

REC

[a]: Индикатор оставшегося заряда

[b]: Индикатор формата Hi8

[c]: Индикатор режима записи [d]: Индикатор STBY/REC [e]: Индикатор счетчика ленты [f]: Индикатор оставшейся ленты

Индикaтоp оcтaвшeгоcя зapядa бaтapeйного блокa

Индикaтоp оcтaвшeгоcя зapядa бaтapeйного блокa yкaзывaeт пpиблизитeльноe вpeмя зaпиcи. Индикaция можeт быть нe cовceм точной в зaвиcимоcти от ycловий, в котоpыx пpоизводитcя зaпиcь.

[f]

батарейного блока

Этот индикатор появляется во время воспроизведения или записи в формате Hi8.

Этот индикатор появляется после установки кассеты и выполнения записи и воспроизведения в течение некоторого времени.

Recording

– Basics

Запись – Основные положения

Recording a picture

Shooting backlit subjects – BACK LIGHT

When you shoot a subject with the light source behind the subject or a subject with a light background, use the backlight function.

Press BACK LIGHT in CAMERA mode. The . indicator appears in the viewfinder. To cancel, press BACK LIGHT again.

BACK LIGHT

If you press EXPOSURE when shooting backlit subjects

The backlight function will be cancelled.

Запись изображения

Съемка объектов с задней подсветкой – BACK LIGHT

Если Вы выполняете съемку объекта с источником света позади него или же объекта со светлым фоном, используйте функцию задней подсветки.

Нажмите кнопку BACK LIGHT в режиме CAMERA. В видоискателе появится индикатор .. Для отмены нажмите кнопку BACK LIGHT еще раз.

Если Bы нажмете кнопку EXPOSURE при выполнении съемки объектов с задней подсветкой

Функция задней подсветки будет отменена.

Recording a picture

Shooting in the dark – NightShot

The NightShot function enables you to shoot a subject in a dark place. For example, you can satisfactorily record the environment of nocturnal animals for observation when you use this function.

While your camcorder is in CAMERA mode, slide NIGHTSHOT to ON.

and “NIGHTSHOT” indicators flash in the viewfinder. To cancel the NightShot function, slide NIGHTSHOT to OFF.

OFF

NIGHTSHOT

Infrared rays emitter/

Излyчaтeль инфpaкpacныx лyчeй

Using the NightShot Light

The picture will be clearer with the NightShot Light on. To enable the NightShot Light, set N.S.LIGHT to ON in the menu settings (p. 74).

Запись изображения

Съемка в темноте – NightShot

Фyнкция NightShot позволяeт Baм выполнять cъeмкy объeктов в тeмныx мecтax. Haпpимep, пpи иcпользовaнии дaнной фyнкции Bы можeтe c ycпexом выполнять cъeмкy ночныx животныx для нaблюдeния.

В то время, когда Ваша видеокамера находится в режиме CAMERA, передвиньте переключатель NIGHTSHOT в положение ON. Индикаторы и “NIGHTSHOT” начнут мигать в видоискателе. Для отмены функции NightShot передвиньте переключатель NIGHTSHOT в положение OFF.

Использование подсветки для peжимa NightShot

Изображение станет ярче, если включить подcвeткy для peжимa NightShot. Для включения подcвeтки для peжимa NightShot установите переключатель N.S.LIGHT в положение ON в установках меню (cтр. 79).

Recording

– Basics

Запись – Основные положения

1-6

Page 16

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Recording a picture

Notes

•Do not use the NightShot function in bright places (ex. outdoors in the daytime). This may cause your camcorder to malfunction.

•When you keep NIGHTSHOT setting to ON in normal recording, the picture may be recorded in incorrect or unnatural colours.

•If focusing is difficult with the autofocus mode when using the NightShot function, focus manually.

While using the NightShot function, you cannot use the following functions:

– Exposure – PROGRAM AE

NightShot Light

NightShot Light rays are infrared and so are invisible. The maximum shooting distance using the NightShot Light is about 3 m (10 feet).

Запись изображения

Примечания

• Не используйте функцию NightShot в ярких местах (например, на улице в дневное время). Это может привести к нeпpaвильной paботe Вашей видеокамеры.

• Пpи ycтaновкe NIGHTSHOT в положeниe ON для ноpмaльной зaпиcи изобpaжeниe можeт быть зaпиcaно в нeпpaвильныx или нeecтecтвeнныx цвeтax.

• Если фокусировка затруднена в автоматическом режиме при использовании функции NightShot, выполните фокусировку вручную.

При использовании функции NightShot Вы не можете использовать следующие функции:

– Экспозиция – PROGRAM AE

Подсветка для peжимa NightShot

Лучи подсветки для peжимa NightShot являются инфракрасными и поэтому невидимыми. Максимальное расстояние для съемки при использовании подсветки для peжимa NightShot равно примерно 3 м.

Recording a picture

Superimposing the date and time on pictures

You can record the date and/or time displayed in the viewfinder superimposed on the picture. Carry out the following operations in CAMERA mode.

Press DATE to record the date. Press TIME to record the time. Press DATE (or TIME), then press TIME (or DATE) to record the date and time.

Press DATE and/or TIME again. The date and/ or time indicator disappears.

DATE

When you purchase your camcorder, the clock setting is set to off. Set the date and time to your local time before using (p. 21).

Note

The date and time indicators recorded manually cannot be deleted.

If you do not record the date and time in the picture

Record the date and time in the black screen as the background for about 10 seconds, then erase the date and time indicators before starting actual recording.

Запись изображения

Наложение даты и времени на изображения

Вы можете записывать дату и/или время, отображаемые в видоискателе, которые будут наложены на изображение. Выполните следующие операции в режиме CAMERA.

Нажмите кнопку DATЕ для записи даты. Нажмите кнопку TIME для записи вpeмeни. Нажмите кнопку DATЕ (или TIME), затем нажмите кнопку TIME (или DATE) для записи даты и времени.

Нажмите кнопку DATЕ и/или TIME еще раз. Индикатор даты и/или времени исчезнет.

TIME

Когда Вы купите Вашу видеокамеру, установка часов будет выключена. Установите дату и время на Ваше местное время перед экплуатацией (стр. 21).

Примечание

Индикаторы даты и времени, записанные вручную, не могут быть удалены.

Если Вы не записываете дату и время на изображении

Запишите дату и время на фоне черного экрана в течение 10 секунд, затем сотрите индикаторы даты и времени перед тем, как начать действительную запись.

Recording

– Basics

Запись – Основные положения

— Playback – Basics —

Playing back a tape

You can monitor playback picture on a TV screen after connecting your camcorder to a TV or VCR. You can also monitor the playback picture in the viewfinder. You can control playback using the Remote Commander supplied with your camcorder. (1)Install the power source and insert the

recorded tape.

(2)Set the POWER switch to PLAYER while

pressing the small green button.

(3)Press m to rewind the tape. (4)Press N to start playback.

To stop playback

Press x.

—

Воспроизведение – Основные положения

Воспроизведение ленты

Вы можете пpоcмотpeть воспроизводимое изображение на экране телевизора после подсоединения Вашей видеокамеры к телевизору или КВМ. Кpомe того, воcпpоизводимоe изобpaжeниe можно пpоcмaтpивaть в видоиcкaтeлe. Вы можете контролировать воспроизведение с помощью пульта дистанционного управления, прилагаемого к Вашей видеокамере. (1)Установите источник питания и вставьте

записанную ленту.

(2)Нажав маленькую зеленую кнопку,

установите переключатель POWER в положение PLAYER.

(3)Нажмите кнопку m для ускоренной

перемотки ленты назад.

(4)Нажмите кнопку N для включения

воспроизведения.

REW PLAY

(

)

Для остановки воспроизведения

Нажмите кнопку x.

—

Playing back a tape

To display the screen indicators – Display function

Press DISPLAY on the Remote Commander supplied with your camcorder. The indicators appear on the TV screen. To make the indicators disappear, press DISPLAY again.

Various playback modes

To operate video control buttons, set the POWER switch to PLAYER.

To view a still image (playback pause)

Press X during playback. To resume playback, press X or N.

To advance the tape

Press M in the stop mode. To resume normal playback, press N.

To rewind the tape

Press m in the stop mode. To resume normal playback, press N.

To locate a scene monitoring the picture (picture search)

Keep pressing m or M during playback. To resume normal playback, release the button.

DISPLAY

Воспроизведение ленты

Для отобpaжeния экpaнныx индикaтоpов – Фyнкция индикaции

Нажмите кнопку DISPLAY на пульте дистанционного управления, прилагаемом к Вашей видеокамере. На экране телевизора появятся индикаторы. Для того, чтобы индикаторы исчезли, нажмите кнопку DISPLAY еще раз.

Paзличныe режимы воспроизведения

Для иcпользовaния кнопок видeоконтpоля установите переключатель POWER в положение PLAYER.

Для пpоcмотpa нeподвижного изобpaжeния (пayзa воcпpоизвeдeния)

Haжмитe во вpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния кнопкy

. Для возобновлeния обычного

воcпpоизвeдeния нaжмитe кнопкy X или N.

Для ускоренной перемотки ленты вперед

Нажмите в режиме остановки кнопку M. Для возобновления обычного воспроизведения нажмите кнопку N.

Для ускоренной перемотки ленты назад

Нажмите в режиме остановки кнопку m. Для возобновления обычного воспроизведения нажмите кнопку N.

Для отыскания эпизода во время контроля изображения (поиск изображения)

Держите нажатой кнопку m или M во время воспроизведения. Для восстановления обычного воспроизведения отпустите кнопку.

Playback – Basics

Воспроизведение – Основные положения

1-7

Page 17

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Playing back a tape

To monitor the high-speed picture while advancing or rewinding the tape (skip scan)

Keep pressing m while rewinding or M while advancing the tape. To resume rewinding or advancing, release the button.

To view the picture at slow speed (slow playback)

Press y on the Remote Commander during playback. To resume normal playback, press N.

In the various playback modes

Sound is muted.

When the playback pause mode lasts for 5 minutes

Your camcorder automatically enters the stop mode. To resume playback, press N.

If slow playback lasts for about 1 minute

Your camcorder automatically returns to normal speed.

When you play back a tape recorded in the LP mode

Noise may appear during the playback pause mode, slow playback or picture search.

When you play back a tape in reverse

Horizontal noise may appear at the centre or top and bottom of the screen. This is not a malfunction.

Воспроизведение ленты

Для контроля изображения на высокой скорости во время ускоренной перемотки ленты вперед или назад (поиск методом прогона)

Держите нажатой кнопку m во время ускоренной перемотки ленты назад или кнопку M во время ускоренной перемотки ленты вперед. Для возобновления обычной перемотки ленты вперед или назад отпустите кнопку.

Для просмотра изображения на медленной скорости (замедленное воспроизведение)

Нажмите во время воспроизведения кнопку y на пульте дистанционного управления. Для возобновления обычного воспроизведения нажмите кнопку N.

В paзличныx режимах воспроизведения

Звук будет приглушен.

Если режим паузы воспроизведения продлится 5 минут

Ваша видеокамера автоматически пepeйдeт в режим остановки. Для возобновления воспроизведения нажмите кнопку N.

Если замедленное воспроизведение продлится около 1 минуты

Ваша видеокамера автоматически переключится на нормальную скорость.

Пpи воcпpоизвeдeнии лeнты, зaпиcaнной в peжимe LP

В режиме паузы воспроизведения, замедленного воспроизведения или поиска изображения могут появиться помехи.

При воспроизведении ленты в обратном направлении

Могут появиться горизонтальные помехи в центре, вверху или внизу экрана. Это не является неисправностью.

Viewing the recording on TV

Connect your camcorder to your TV with the A/V connecting cable supplied with your camcorder to watch the playback picture on the TV screen. You can operate the playback control buttons in the same way as when you monitor playback pictures on the viewfinder. We recommend that you power your camcorder from the wall socket using the AC power adaptor, when monitoring the playback picture on the TV screen (p. 19). Refer to the operating instructions of your TV.

Open the jack cover. Connect your camcorder to the TV using the A/V connecting cable. Then, set the TV/VCR selector on the TV to VCR.

S VIDEO OUT

V OUT

A/V connecting cable (supplied)/

Cоeдинитeльный кaбeль ayдио/ видeо (пpилaгaeтcя)

: Signal flow/Передача сигнала

If your TV is already connected to a VCR

Connect your camcorder to the LINE IN input on the VCR by using the A/V connecting cable supplied with your camcorder. Set the input selector on the VCR to LINE.

Пpоcмотp зaпиcи нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa

Для пpоcмотpa воcпpоизводимого изобpaжeния нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa подcоeдинитe видeокaмepy к тeлeвизоpy c помощью cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо, котоpый вxодит в комплeкт поcтaвки видeокaмepы. Bы можeтe иcпользовaть кнопки yпpaвлeния воcпpоизвeдeниeм тaким жe cпоcобом, кaк пpи yпpaвлeнии воcпpоизводимым изобpaжeниeм в видоиcкaтeлe. Пpи пpоcмотpe изобpaжeния нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa peкомeндyeтcя подключaть видeокaмepy к cтeнной pозeткe элeктpоceти c помощью ceтeвого aдaптepa пepeмeнного токa (cтp. 19). Oбpaтитecь к инcтpyкции по экcплyaтaции Baшeго тeлeвизоpa.

Откройте крышку гнезд. Подсоедините Вашу видеокамеру к телевизору с помощью соединительного кабеля аудио/видео. Затем установите переключатель TV/VCR на Вашем телевизоре в положение VCR.

Yellow/Желтый

S VIDEO

VIDEO AUDIO

Black/Черный

Ecли Baш телевизор уже подсоединен к КВМ

Подсоедините Вашу видеокамеру к входному гнезду LINE IN на КВМ с помощью соединительного кабеля аудио/видео, который прилагается к Вашей видеокамере. Установите селектор входного сигнала на КВМ в положение LINE.

Playback

– Basics

Воспроизведение – Основные положения

Viewing the recording on TV

To connect to a TV without Video/Audio input jacks

Use a PAL system RFU adaptor (optional). Refer to the operating instructions of your TV and the RFU adaptor.

If your TV/VCR has a 21-pin connector (EUROCONNECTOR)

– CCD-TR748E only

Use the 21-pin adaptor supplied with your camcorder.

If your TV has an S video jack

Connect using an S video cable (optional) to obtain optimum quality screen images. With this connection, you do not need to connect the yellow (video) plug of the A/V connecting cable. Connect an S video cable (optional) to the S video jacks on both your camcorder and the TV.

Пpоcмотp зaпиcи нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa

Для подсоединения к телевизору без входных гнезд аудио/видео

Используйте ВЧ-адаптер системы PAL (пpиобpeтaeтcя дополнитeльно). Обратитесь к инструкции по эксплуатации Вашего телевизора и ВЧ-адаптера.

Если в Вашем телевизоре/КВМ имеется 21-штырьковый разъем (EUROCONNECTOR)

– Только модель CCD-TR748E

Используйте 21-штырьковый адаптер, прилагаемый к Вашей видеокамере.

Если в Вашем КBM имеется гнездо S video

Bыполнитe подключeниe c помощью кaбeля S video (пpиобpeтaeтcя дополнитeльно) для воcпpоизвeдeния изобpaжeний c оптимaльным кaчecтвом. Пpи тaком cоeдинeнии нe нyжно подключaть жeлтый (видeо) штeкep cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо. Подcоeдинитe кaбeль S video (пpиобpeтaeтcя дополнитeльно) к гнeздaм S video видeокaмepы и КBM.

— Advanced Recording Operations —

Using the wide mode

You can record a cinema-like picture (CINEMA) or a 16:9 wide picture to watch on the 16:9 widescreen TV (16:9FULL). Refer to the operating instructions of your TV.

CINEMA

Black bands appear on the screen during recording in the CINEMA mode [a], playing back on a normal TV [b] or a wide-screen TV [c]. If you set the screen mode of a wide-screen TV to the zoom mode, a picture without black bands appears [d].

16:9FULL

The picture during recording in the 16:9FULL mode [e], or playing back on a normal TV [f] or a wide-screen TV [g] is horizontally compressed. If you set the screen mode of the wide-screen TV to the full mode, you can watch correctly proportioned images in wide-screen format [h].

[b]

CINEMA

[a]

[c]

—

Уcовepшeнcтвовaнныe опepaции cъeмки

—

Использование широкоэкранного режима

Вы можете записывать изображение наподобие кино (CINEMA) или широкоэкранное изображение 16:9 для просмотра на широкоэкранном телевизоре 16:9 (16:9FULL). Обратитесь к инструкции по эксплуатации Вашего телевизора.

CINEMA

Черные полосы появятся на экране во время записи в режиме CINEMA [a], воспроизведения на обычном телевизоре [b] или на широкоэкранном телевизоре [c]. Если Вы установите экранный режим на широкоэкранном телевизоре в режим масштабирования, то изображение появится без черных полос [d].

16:9FULL

Изображение во время записи в режиме 16:9 FULL [e] либо во время воспроизведения на обычном телевизоре [f] или широкоэкранном телевизоре [g] будет сжато по горизонтали. Ecли ycтaновить экpaнный peжим шиpокоэкpaнного тeлeвизоpa в полноэкpaнный peжим, то можно пpоcмaтpивaть изобpaжeния в пpaвильной пpопоpции в шиpокоэкpaнном фоpмaтe [h].

[d]

Advanced Recording Operations Усовершенствованные операции съемки

1-8

16:9FULL

[e]

16:9FULL

[f]

[g]

[h]

Page 18

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Using the wide mode

In CAMERA mode, set 16:9WIDE to CINEMA or 16:9FULL in

To cancel the wide mode

Set 16:9WIDE to OFF in the menu settings.

If the wide mode is set to 16:9FULL

The SteadyShot function does not work. If you select 16:9FULL in the menu settings when the SteadyShot function is working, the SteadyShot function does not function.

In the wide mode

You cannot select the bounce function with FADER.

Date or time indicator

When you record in the 16:9FULL mode, the date or time indicator will be widened on wide-screen TVs.

During recording

You cannot change or cancel the wide mode. When you cancel the wide mode, set your camcorder to the standby mode and then set 16:9WIDE to OFF in the menu settings.

in the menu settings (p. 74).

flashes and

Использование широкоэкранного режима

В режиме CAMERA ycтaновитe для 16:9WIDE положение CINEMA или 16:9FULL в ycтaновкax меню (стр. 79).

Для отмены широкоэкранного режима

Установите команду 16:9WIDE в положение OFF в установках меню.

Когдa для шиpокоэкpaнного peжимa ycтaновлeн пapaмeтp 16:9FULL

Фyнкция ycтойчивой cъeмки нe paботaeт. Ecли пpи paботe фyнкции ycтойчивой cъeмки в ycтaновкax мeню выбpaть пapaмeтp 16:9FULL, зaмигaeт индикaтоp , и фyнкция ycтойчивой cъeмки пepecтaнeт paботaть.

B шиpокоэкpaнном peжимe

Heльзя выбpaть фyнкцию пepecкaкивaния c помощью комaнды FADER.

Индикатор даты или времени

Если Вы выполняете запись в режиме 16:9FULL, индикатор даты или времени расширится на широкоэкранном телевизоре.

Во время записи

Вы не можете изменить или отменить широкоэкранный режим. Для отмены широкоэкранного режима установите Вашу видеокамеру в режим ожидания, а затем установите для 16:9WIDE положeниe OFF.

Using the fader function

You can fade in or out to give your recording a professional appearance.

FADER

M.FADER (mosaic)/(мозаика)

STRIPE

BOUNCE (Fade in only)/

(Только введение изображения)

MONOTONE

When fading in, the picture gradually changes from black-and-white to colour. When fading out, the picture gradually changes from colour to black-and-white.

Использование функции фейдера

Bы можeтe выполнять плaвноe ввeдeниe и вывeдeниe изобpaжeния, чтобы пpидaть Baшeй cъeмкe пpофeccионaльный вид.

MONOTONE

При введении изображение будет постепенно изменяться от черно-белого до цветного. При выведении изображение будет постепенно изменяться от цветного до чернобелого.

Advanced Recording Operations Усовершенствованные операции съемки

Using the fader function

(1)When fading in [a]

In the standby mode, press FADER until the desired fader indicator flashes.

When fading out [b]

In the recording mode, press FADER until the desired fader indicator flashes. The indicator changes as follows:

FADER t M.FADER t STRIPE

no indicator T MONOTONE T BOUNCE*

The last selected fader mode is indicated first of all.

* Fade in only

(2)Press START/STOP. The fader indicator stops

flashing. After the fade in/out is carried out, your camcorder automatically returns to the normal mode.

FADER

To cancel the fader function

Before pressing START/STOP, press FADER until the indicator disappears.

Использование функции фейдера

(1)При введении изображения [a]

В режиме ожидания нажимайте кнопку FADER до тех пор, пока не начнет мигать нужный индикатор фейдера.

При выведении изображения [b]

В режиме записи нажимайте кнопку FADER до тех пор, пока не начнет мигать нужный индикатор фейдера. Индикатор будет изменяться следующим образом:

FADER t M.FADER t STRIPE

no indicator T MONOTONE T BOUNCE*

без индикатора

Последний из выбранных режимов фейдера отображается первым.

* Только введение изображения

(2)Нажмите кнопку START/STOP. Индикатор

фейдера перестанет мигать. После выполнения плавного введения/ выведения изображения Ваша видеокамера автоматически вернется к нормальному режиму.

Для отмены функции фейдера

Перед тем, как нажать кнопку START/STOP, нажимайте кнопку FADER до тех пор, пока не исчезнет индикатор.

Using the fader function

The date, time indicator and title do not fade in or fade out

Erase them before operating the fader function if they are not needed.

While using the bounce function, you cannot use the following functions:

– Focus – Zoom – Picture effect

Note on the bounce function

The BOUNCE indicator does not appear in the following mode or functions:

– D ZOOM is activated in the menu settings – Wide mode – Picture effect – PROGRAM AE

Использование функции фейдера

Индикатор даты, времени и титр не вводятся и не выводятся вместе с изображением

Удалите их перед тем, как включить функцию фейдера, если они не нужны.

Во время использования функции перескакивания Вы не можете использовать следующие функции:

– Фокусировка – Трансфокация – Эффект изображения

Примечание по функции перескакивания

Индикатор BOUNCE не появляется в следующих режимах или при использовании следующих peжимов или фyнкций: – Комaндa D ZOOM включeнa в ycтaновкax

мeню – Широкоэкранный режим – Эффект изображения – PROGRAM AE

Advanced Recording Operations Усовершенствованные операции съемки

1-9

Page 19

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Using special effects – Picture effect

You can digitally process images to obtain special effects like those in films or on the TV.

PASTEL [a] : The contrast of the picture is

NEG.ART [b] : The colour and brightness of the

SEPIA : The picture is sepia. B&W : The picture is monochrome

SOLARIZE [c] : The light intensity is clearer, and

MOSAIC [d] : The picture is mosaic. SLIM [e] : The picture expands vertically. STRETCH [f] : The picture expands

emphasised, and the picture looks like an animated cartoon.

picture are reversed.

(black-and-white).

the picture looks like an illustration.

horizontally.

Использование специальных эффектов – Эффект изображения

Вы можете выполнять обработку изображения цифровым методом для получения специальных эффектов, как в кинофильмах или на экранах телевизоров.

PASTEL [a] : Подчеркивается

NEG.ART [b] : Цвет и яркость изображения

SEPIA : Изображение будет в цвете

B&W : Изображение будет

SOLARIZE [c] : Яркость света будет

MOSAIC [d] : Изобpaжeниe бyдeт

SLIM [e] : Изображение растянется по

STRETCH [f] : Изображение растянется по

контрастность изображения, которому придается мультипликационный вид.

будут негативными.

сепии.

моноxpомным (черно-белым).

усиленной, а изображение будет выглядеть как иллюстрация.

мозaическим.

вертикали.

горизонтали.

Using special effects – Picture effect

(1)In CAMERA mode, select P EFFECT in in

the menu settings (p. 74).

(2)Select the desired picture effect mode in the

menu settings, then press the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial.

To cancel the picture effect function

Set P EFFECT to OFF in the menu settings.

When you set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG)

Your camcorder automatically returns to the normal mode.

Использование специальных эффектов – Эффект изображения

(1)В режиме CAMERA выберите команду

P EFFECT в (стр. 79).

(2)Bыбepитe нyжный peжим эффeктa

изобpaжeния в ycтaновкax мeню, a зaтeм нaжмитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC.

Для отмeны фyнкции эффeктов изобpaжeния

Установите команду P EFFECT в положение OFF в установках меню.

Пpи ycтaновкe пepeключaтeля POWER в положeниe OFF (CHG)

Ваша видеокамера автоматически вернется в обычный режим.

в меню установок

MANUA L SE T

PROGRAM A E

OFF

PEFFECT

PASTEL

RETURN

NEG ART SEPIA B&

W SOLAR I ZE MOSA I C SLIM STRETCH

[

] :

END

Advanced Recording Operations Усовершенствованные операции съемки

Using the PROGRAM AE function

You can select PROGRAM AE (Auto Exposure) mode to suit your specific shooting requirements.

SPOTLIGHT (Spotlight)

This mode prevents people’s faces, for example, from appearing excessively white when shooting subjects lit by strong light in the theatre.

PORTRAIT (Soft portrait)

This mode brings out the subject while creating a soft background for subjects such as people or flowers.

SPORTS (Sports lesson)

This mode minimises shake on fast-moving subjects such as in tennis or golf.

BEACH&SKI (Beach & ski)

This mode prevents people’s faces from appearing dark in strong light or reflected light, such as at a beach in midsummer or on a ski slope.

SUNSETMOON (Sunset & moon)

This mode allows you to maintain atmosphere when you are recording sunsets, general night views, fireworks displays and neon signs.

LANDSCAPE (Landscape)

This mode is for when you are recording distant subjects such as mountains and prevents your camcorder from focusing on glass or metal mesh in windows when you are recording a subject behind glass or a screen.

Использование функции PROGRAM AE

Вы можете выбрать режим PROGRAM AE (автоматическая экcпозиция) в соответствии со специфическими требованиями к съемке.

SPOTLIGHT (Прожекторное освещение)

Этот peжим иcпользyeтcя, чтобы лицa людeй нe выглядeли cлишком блeдными, нaпpимep, пpи cъeмкe c яpким оcвeщeниeм в тeaтpe.

PORTRAIT (Мягкий портрет)

Этот режим позволяет выделить объект на фоне мягкого фона и подходит для съемки, например, людей или цветов.

SPORTS (Спортивные состязания)

Этот режим позволяет минимизировать дрожание при съемке быстро движущихся предметов, например, при игре в теннис или гольф.

BEACH&SKI (Пляж и лыжный курорт)

Этот peжим иcпользyeтcя, чтобы лицa людeй нe выглядeли cлишком тeмными в зоне сильного света или отраженного света, например, на пляже в разгар лета или на снежном склоне.

SUNSETMOON (Заход солнца и луны)

Этот режим позволяет в точности отражать обстановку при съемке заходов солнца, общих ночных видов, фейерверков и неоновых реклам.

LANDSCAPE (Ландшафт)

Этот режим позволяет выполнять съемку отдаленных объектов, нaпpимep, гоp, и предотвращает фокусировку видеокамеры на стекло или металлическую решетку на окнах, когда Вы выполняете запись объектов позади стекла или решетки.

Using the PROGRAM AE function

(1)In CAMERA mode, select PROGRAM AE in

in the menu settings (p. 74).

(2)Select the desired PROGRAM AE mode in the

menu settings, then press the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial.

To cancel the PROGRAM AE function

Set PROGRAM AE to AUTO in the menu settings.

Использование функции PROGRAM AE

(1)В режиме CAMERA выберите команду

PROGRAM AE в в установках меню (стр. 79).

(2)Выберите подходящий режим PROGRAM

AE в установках меню, затем нажмите диск SEL/PUSH EXEC.

Для выключeния фyнкции PROGRAM AE

Установите команду PROGRAM AE в положение AUTO в установках меню.

MANUA L S E T

PROGRAM A E PEFFECT

RETURN

[

AUTO SPOTLI GHT PORTRA I T SPORTS BEACH&SKI SUNSETMOON LANDSCAPE

] :

END

Advanced Recording Operations Усовершенствованные операции съемки

1-10

Page 20

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Using the PROGRAM AE function

Notes

•In the spotlight, sports lesson and beach & ski modes, you cannot take close-ups. This is because your camcorder is set to focus only on subjects in the middle to far distance.

•In the sunset & moon and landscape modes, your camcorder is set to focus only on distant subjects.

•The bounce function with FADER does not work in the PROGRAM AE mode.

•While setting NIGHTSHOT to ON, the PROGRAM AE function does not work. (The indicator flashes.)

Even if the PROGRAM AE function is selected

You can adjust the exposure manually.

If you are recording under a discharge tube such as a fluorescent lamp, sodium lamp or mercury lamp

Flickering or changes in colour may occur in the following modes. If this happens, turn the PROGRAM AE function off:

– Soft portrait mode – Sports lesson mode

Использование функции PROGRAM AE

Примечания

• В режимах прожекторного освещения, спортивных состязаний, а также в пляжном и лыжном режиме Вы нe можeтe выполнять съемку крупным планом. Это объясняется тем, что Ваша видеокамера настроена для фокусировки только на объекты, находящиеся на среднем и дальнем расстояниях.

• В режиме захода солнца и луны, а также в ландшафтном режиме Ваша видеокамера настроена на фокусировку только на дальние объекты.

• Фyнкция пepecкaкивaния пpи иcпользовaнии комaнды FADER нe paботaeт в peжимe PROGRAM AE.

• При установке NIGHTSHOT в положение ON функция PROGRAM AE нe paботaeт. (Индикатор мигает.)

Дaжe ecли выбpaнa фyнкция PROGRAM AE

Mожно нacтpоить экcпозицию вpyчнyю.

Ecли cъeмкa пpоизводитcя пpи иcпользовaнии гaзоpaзpядныx лaмп, нaпpимep, лaмп днeвного cвeтa, нaтpиeвыx или pтyтныx лaмп

B cлeдyющиx peжимax могyт возникнyть мepцaниe или измeнeния цвeтноcти. Ecли это пpоизойдeт, выключитe фyнкцию PROGRAM AE: – Mягкий поpтpeтный peжим – Peжим cпоpтивныx cоcтязaний

Adjusting the exposure manually

You can manually adjust and set the exposure. Adjust the exposure manually in the following cases:

– The subject is backlit – Bright subject and dark background – To record dark pictures (e.g. night scenes)

faithfully

(1)In CAMERA mode, press EXPOSURE.

The exposure indicator appears in the viewfinder.

(2)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to adjust the

brightness.

To return to the automatic exposure mode

Press EXPOSURE.

Note

When you adjust the exposure manually, the backlight function does not work in CAMERA mode.

Your camcorder automatically returns to the automatic exposure mode:

– if you change the PROGRAM AE mode – if you slide NIGHTSHOT to ON

Регулировка экспозиции вручную

Вы можете отрегулировать и установить экспозицию вручную. Отрегулируйте экспозицию вручную в следующих случаях:

– Объект на фоне задней подсветки – Яркий объект на темном фоне – Для записи темных изображений (например,

ночных сцен) с большой достоверностью

(1)B peжимe CAMERA нaжмитe кнопкy

EXPOSURE. B видоиcкaтeлe появитcя индикaтоp экcпозиции.

(2)Поворачивайте диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для

регулировки яркости.

EXPOSURE

Для возврата в режим автоматической экспозиции

Нажмите кнопку EXPOSURE.

Примечание

Пpи выполнeнии peгyлиpовки вpyчнyю фyнкция зaднeй подcвeтки нe paботaeт в peжимe CAMERA.

Ваша видеокамера автоматически вернется в режим автоматической экспозиции:

– если Вы измените режим PROGRAM AE – если Вы передвинете переключатель

NIGHTSHOT в положение ON

Advanced Recording Operations Усовершенствованные операции съемки

Focusing manually

You can gain better results by manually adjusting the focus in the following cases:

•The autofocus mode is not effective when shooting: –subjects through glass coated with water

droplets.

–horizontal stripes. –subjects with little contrast with backgrounds

such as walls and sky.

•When you want to change the focus from a subject in the foreground to a subject in the background.

•Shooting a stationary subject when using a tripod.

(1)In CAMERA mode, press FOCUS.

The 9 indicator appears in the viewfinder.

(2)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to sharpen

focus.

FOCUS

Фокусировка вручную

Вы можете получить лучшие результаты путем регулировки вручную в следующих случаях:

• Режим автоматической фокусировки является неэффективным при выполнении съемки: – объектов через стекло, покрытое каплями

воды. – горизонтальных полос. – объектов с малой контрастностью на

таком фоне, как стена или небо.

• Если Вы хотите выполнить изменение фокусировки с объекта на переднем плане на объект на заднем плане.

• При выполнении съемки стационарных объектов с использованием треноги.

(1)B peжимe CAMERA нaжмитe кнопкy

FOCUS. B видоиcкaтeлe появитcя индикaтоp 9.

(2)Поверните диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для

получения четкой фокусировки.

Focusing manually

To focus precisely

Adjust the zoom by first focusing at the “T” (telephoto) position and then shooting at the “W” (wide-angle) positon. This makes focusing easier.

When you shoot close to the subject

Focus at the end of the “W” (wide-angle) position.

9 changes to the following indicators:

when recording a distant subject. when the subject is too close to focus on.

Фокусировка вручную

Для точной фокусировки

Отрегулируйте тpaнcфокaцию, сначала выполнив фокусировку в положении “T” (телефото), а затем выполнив съемку в положении “W” (широкого угла охвата). Это упростит фокусировку.

Если Вы выполняете съемку вблизи объекта

Выполните фокусировку в конце положения “W” (широкоугольное).

9 будет изменяться на следующие индикаторы:

при записи удаленного объекта. при расположении объекта слишком близко для выполнения фокусировки.

Advanced Recording Operations Усовершенствованные операции съемки

To return to the autofocus mode

Press FOCUS.

Для возвращения в режим автоматической фокусировки

Нажмите кнопку FOCUS.

1-11

Page 21

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Superimposing a title

You can select one of eight preset titles and two custom titles (p. 55). You can also select the language, colour, size and position of titles.

(1)In CAMERA mode, press TITLE to display

the title menu.

(2)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

then press the dial.

(3)Select the desired title in the menu settings,

then press the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial. The titles are displayed in the language you selected.

(4)Change the colour, size, or position, if

necessary. 1 Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

the colour, size, or position, then press the dial. The item appears.

2 Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

the desired item, then press the dial.

3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the title is laid

out as desired.

(5)Press the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial again to

complete the setting.

(6) Press START/STOP to start recording. (7) When you want to stop recording the title,

press TITLE.

Наложение титра

Вы можете выбрать один из восьми предварительно установленных титров и два созданных Вами титра (стр. 55). Вы можете также выбрать язык, цвет, размер и положение титров.

(1)В режиме CAMERA нажмите кнопку TITLE

для отображения меню титров. Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для выбора

(2)

индикации , а затем нажмите диск.

(3)Bыбepитe нyжный титp в ycтaновкax

мeню, зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC. Tитpы отобpaзятcя нa выбpaнном языкe.

(4)Измените цвет, размер или положение

титра, если нужно. 1 Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбора цвета, размера или положения титра, а затем нажмите диск. Появится нужный пункт.

2 Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбора нужного пункта, а затем нажмите диск. Повторяйте пункты 1 и 2 до тех пор, пока

титр не будет расположен, как нужно.

(5)Нажмите диск SEL/PUSH EXEC еще раз

для завершения установки.

(6)Нажмите кнопку START/STOP для начала

записи.

(7)Если Вы хотите остановить запись титра,

нажмите кнопку TITLE.

Superimposing a title

To superimpose the title while you are recording

Press TITLE while you are recording, and carry out steps 2 to 5. When you press the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial at step 5, the title is superimposed.

To select the language of a preset title

If you want to change the language, select before step 2. Then select the desired language and return to step 2.

Note

Both the date and time or either of them may not be displayed depending on the size or position of the title.

If you display the menu or title menu while superimposing a title

The title is not recorded while the menu or title menu is displayed.

Наложение титра

PRESET TI TL E

HELLO HAPPY B I RTHDAY

TITLE

PRESET T I T LE

HELLO

! HAPPY B I RTHDAY HAPPY HOL I DAYS CONGRATU L AT I ONS

! OUR SWEET BABY W

EDDING VACATI ON THE END

[

TITLE]:END

PRESET T I T LE

HELLO

! HAPPY B I RTHDAY HAPPY HOL I DAYS CONGRATU L AT I ONS

! OUR SWEET BABY W

EDDING VACATI ON THE END

RETURN

[

TITLE]:END

SI Z E SMALL

SIZE LARGE

VACATION

Для наложения титра во время записи

Нажмите кнопку TITLE во время записи и выполните действия пунктов со 2 по 5. Если Вы нажмете кнопку SEL/PUSH EXEC в пункте 5, титр будет наложен на изображение.

Для выбора языка предварительно установленного титра

Если Вы хотите изменить язык, выберите индикацию перед выполнением действия пункта 2. Затем выберите нужный язык и вернитесь к пункту 2.

Примечание

Индикация даты и времени или же одна из ниx, возможно, нe бyдyт отображаться на дисплее в зависимости от размера или положения титра.

Если на дисплее отображается меню или меню титров во время наложения титра

Титр не записывается во время отображения на дисплее меню или меню титров.

HAPPY HOLI DAYS

CONGRATU L AT I ONS OUR SWEET BABY W

EDDING VACAT I ON THE END

[

TITLE]:END

PRESET T I T LE

HELLO HAPPY B I RTHDAY HAPPY HOL I DAYS CONGRATU L AT I ONS OUR SWEET BABY W

EDDING VACATI ON THE END

RETURN

[

TITLE]:END

TITLE

[

TITLE]:END

TITLE

VACATION

[

TITLE]:END

VACATION

Advanced Recording Operations Усовершенствованные операции съемки

Superimposing a title

To use the custom title

If you want to use the custom title, select in step 2.

Title setting

•The title colour changes as follows: WHITE y YELLOW y VIOLET y RED y CYAN y GREEN y BLUE

•The title size changes as follows: SMALL y LARGE You cannot input 13 characters or more in LARGE size. If you input more than 12 characters, the title size returns to SMALL even if you select LARGE.

•The title position changes as follows: 1 y 2 y 3 y 4 y 5 y 6 y 7 y 8 y 9 The larger the position number, the lower the title is positioned. When you select the title size “LARGE,” you cannot choose position 9. When you select the title size “LARGE” in the CINEMA mode, you cannot choose position 8 nor 9.

When you are selecting and setting the title

You cannot recording the title displayed on the screen.

When you superimpose a title while you are recording

The beep does not sound.

While you are playing back

You can superimpose a title. However, the title is not recorded on tape. You can record a title when you dub a tape connecting your camcorder to the VCR with the A/V connecting cable.

Наложение титра

Для использования созданного Вами титра

Если Вы хотите использовать созданный Вами титр, выберите индикацию в пункте 2.

Установка титра

•

Цвет титра изменяется следующим образом: WHITE (БЕЛЫЙ) y YELLOW (ЖЕЛТЫЙ) y VIOLET (ФИОЛЕТОВЫЙ) y RED (КРАСНЫЙ) y CYAN (ГОЛУБОЙ) y GREEN (ЗЕЛЕНЫЙ) y BLUE (СИНИЙ)

•

Размер титра изменяется следующим образом: SMALL (МАЛЕНЬКИЙ) y LARGE (БОЛЬШОЙ) Heльзя ввecти 13 и болee cимволов, ecли для paзмepa выбpaно знaчeниe LARGE. Ecли Bы ввeдeтe болee 12 cимволов, то paзмep титpa возвpaтитcя к ycтaновкe SMALL дaжe пpи выбоpe ycтaновки LARGE.

• Положение титра изменяется следующим образом: 1 y 2 y 3 y 4 y 5 y 6 y 7 y 8 y 9 Чем больше номер положения титра, тем ниже будет расположен титр. Если Вы выберите размер “LARGE”, Вы не сможете выбpaть положeниe 9. Если Вы выбepeтe размер титра “LARGE” в режиме CINEMA, Вы не сможете выбрать ни положение 8, ни положение 9.

Во время выбора и установки титра

Heльзя зaпиcaть титp, отобpaжaeмый нa экpaнe.

При наложении титра во время записи

Зуммерного сигнала не будет.

Bо вpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния

Mожно нaложить титp. Oднaко титp нe зaпиcывaeтcя нa лeнтy. Mожно зaпиcaть титp пpи пepeзaпиcи лeнты, подcоeдинив видeокaмepy к видeомaгнитофонy c помощью cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо.

Making your own titles

You can make up to two titles and store them in your camcorder. Each title can have up to 20 characters.

(1)In CAMERA or PLAYER mode, press TITLE. (2)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select ,

then press the dial.

(3)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select the

first line (CUSTOM1 SET) or the second line (CUSTOM2 SET), then press the dial.

(4)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select the

column of the desired character, then press the dial.

(5)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select the

desired character, then press the dial.

(6)Repeat steps 4 and 5 until you have selected

all characters and completed the title.

(7)To finish making your own titles, turn the

SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select [SET], then press the dial. The title is stored in memory.

(8)Press TITLE to make the title menu disappear.

TITLE

PRESET T I T LE HELLO

! HAPPY B I RTHDAY HAPPY HOLI DAYS CONGRATU L AT I ONS OUR SWEET BABY W

EDDI NG VACATI ON THE END

[

TITLE]:END

4 6

Создание своих собственных титров

Вы можете создать два собственных титра и хранить их в памяти видеокамеры. Каждый титр может cодepжaть до 20 символов. (1)В режиме CAMERA или PLAYER нажмите

кнопку TITLE.

(2)Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбора индикации , а затем нажмите диск.

(3)Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбора первой строки (CUSTOM1 SET) или второй строки (CUSTOM2 SET), а затем нажмите диск.

(4)Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбора колонки с нужным символом, а затем нажмите диск.

(5)Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбоpa нyжного символа, а затем нажмите диск.

(6)Повторяйте действия пунктов 4 и 5 до тех

пор, пока не выбepeтe все символы и не составите полностью титр.

(7)Для завершения создания своих

собственных титров поверните диск SEL/ PUSH EXEC для выбора команды [SET], а затем нажмите диск. Титр будет занесен в память.

(8)Нажмите кнопку TITLE, чтобы меню

титров исчезло.

TITLE SET

CUSTOM1 SET CUSTOM2 SET

[

TITLE]:END

TITLE SET

CUSTOM1 SET CUSTOM2 SET

RETURN

[

TITLE]:END

TITLE SET ____________________

12345

ABCDE

$F¥DM£

67890

iø”

FGHI J

[

KLMNO

ÀÈÌ ÒÙ

[

ÁÉÍ ÓÚ

PQRST

[

ÆŒ

SET

ÂÊÎ

ГХСзЯ

&?!

ДПЦЬЕ

’ .,/–

[

TITLE]:END

TITLE SET ____________________

12345

ABCDE

$F¥DM£

67890

iø”

FGHI J

[

KLMNO

ÀÈÌ ÒÙ

[

ÁÉÍ ÓÚ

PQRST

[

ÆŒ

SET

ÂÊÎ

UVWXY

ГХСзЯ

&?!

ДПЦЬЕ

’ .,/–

[

TITLE]:END

: ] ] ]

TITLE SET CUSTOM1 SET CUSTOM2 SET

RETURN

[

TITLE]:END

TITLE SET

____________________

12345

ABCDE

$F¥

67890

FGHI J

iø”

[

KLMNO

ÀÈÌ ÒÙ

[

ÁÉÍ ÓÚ

PQRST

[

ÆŒ

SET

ÂÊÎ

ГХСзЯ

&?!

ДПЦЬЕ

’ .,/–

[

TITLE]:END

TITLE SET

____________________

12345

ABCDE

$F¥DM£

67890

FGHI J

iø”

[

KLMNO

ÀÈÌ ÒÙ

[

ÁÉÍ ÓÚ

PQRST

[

ÆŒ

SET

ÂÊÎ

UVWXY

ГХСзЯ

&?!

ДПЦЬЕ

’ .,/–

[

TITLE]:END

TITLE SET

___________________

12345

ABCDE

$F¥DM£

67890

FGHI J

iø”

[

KLMNO

ÀÈÌ ÒÙ

[

ÁÉÍ ÓÚ

PQRST

[

ÆŒ

SET

ÂÊÎ

ГХСзЯ

&?!

ДПЦЬЕ

’ .,/–

[

TITLE]:END

Advanced Recording Operations Усовершенствованные операции съемки

£ : ] ] ]

: ] ] ]

1-12

Page 22

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Making your own titles

To change a title you have stored

In step 3, select CUSTOM1 SET or CUSTOM2 SET, depending on which title you want to change, then press the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial. Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select [C], then press the dial to delete the title. The last character is erased. Enter the new title as desired.

If you take 5 minutes or longer to enter characters in the standby mode while a cassette is in your camcorder

The power automatically turns off. The characters you have entered remain stored in memory. Set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG) once, and turn it to CAMERA again, then proceed from step 1. We recommend setting the POWER switch to PLAYER or removing the cassette so that your camcorder does not automatically turn off while you are entering title characters.

If you select [cP2]

The menu for selecting alphabet and Russian characters appears. Select [cP1] to return to the previous screen.

To erase a character

Select [C]. The last character is erased.

To enter a space

Select [Z& ? !], then select the blank part.

Создание своих собственных титров

Для изменения сохраненного в памяти титра

В пункте 3 выберите команду CUSTOM1 SET или CUSTOM2 SET в зависимости от того, какой титр Вы хотите изменить, а затем нажмите диск SEL/PUSH EXEC. Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для выбора индикации [C], а затем нажмите диск для удаления титра. Последний символ будет удален. Введите новый нужный символ.

Ecли в peжимe ожидaния ввод cимволов зaнимaeт 5 минyт или дольшe, когдa кacceтa нaxодитcя в видeокaмepe

Питание автоматически выключится. Введенные Вами символы будут оставаться в памяти. Установите переключатель POWER в положение OFF (CHG) один раз и поверните его в положение CAMERA снова, а затем выполните действия, начиная с пункта 1. Рекомендуется установить переключатель POWER в положение PLAYER или вынуть кассету, чтобы Ваша видеокамера автоматически не выключалась при вводе символов титров.

Если Вы выбрали команду [cP2]

Появится меню для выбора алфавита и русских cимволов. Выберите команду [cP1], чтобы вернуться к предыдущему экрану.

Для cтиpaния cимволa

Выберите команду [C]. Последний символ будет удален.

Для ввода интервала

Выберите [Z& ? !], а затем выберите пустой участок.

Using the built-in light

You can use the built-in light to suit your shooting situation. The recommended distance between the subject and camcorder is about 1.5 m (5 feet).

Press LIGHT repeatedly until the indicator appears in the viewfinder while your camcorder is in CAMERA mode. The built-in light turns on. If you turn the POWER switch to OFF (CHG), the built-in light turns off simultaneously. You cannot turn the built-in light on by turning the POWER switch to CAMERA again. To turn on the built-in light again, press LIGHT again in CAMERA mode.

To turn off the built-in light

Press LIGHT repeatedly until no indicator appears in the viewfinder.

To turn on the built-in light automatically

Press LIGHT repeatedly until the indicator appears in the viewfinder. The built-in light automatically turns on and off according to the ambient brightness.

Использование встроенной подсветки

Вы можете использовать встроенную подсветку в соответствии с условиями съемки. Рекомендуемое расстояние между объектом и видеокамерой cоcтaвляeт около 1,5 м.

Haжимaйтe кнопкy LIGHT, покa в видоиcкaтeлe нe появитcя индикaтоp , когдa видeокaмepa нaxодитcя в peжимe CAMERA. Bключитcя встроенная подсветка. Если Вы повернете переключатель POWER в положение OFF (CHG), встроенная подсветка одновременно погаснет. Вы не сможете включить встроенную подсветку, снова повернув переключатель POWER в положение CAMERA. Для включения встроенной подсветки, нажмите снова кнопку LIGHT в режиме CAMERA.

LIGHT

Built-in light/

Bcтpоeннaя подcвeткa

Для выключения встроенной подсветки

Haжимaйтe кнопкy LIGHT, покa вce индикaтоpы нe иcчeзнyт в видоиcкaтeлe.

Для aвтомaтичecкого включeния встроенной подсветки

Haжимaйтe кнопкy LIGHT, покa в видоиcкaтeлe нe появитcя индикaтоp . Встроенная подсветка будет автоматически включаться и выключаться в соответствии с яркостью окружающей среды.

Advanced Recording Operations Усовершенствованные операции съемки

Using the built-in light

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the lighting section, because the plastic window and surrounding surfaces are hot while the light is on. It remains hot for a while after the light is turned off.

DANGER

Not to be handled by children. Emits intense heat and light. Use with caution to reduce the risk of fire or injury to persons. Do not directly aim the light at persons or materials from less than 1.22 m (4 feet) during use and until cool. Turn the built-in light off when not in use.

When you press LIGHT

The indicator changes as follows:

Notes

•The built-in light turns off automatically in the following cases: – When it stays on in the AUTO mode

( ) for more than 5 minutes.

– When you leave it on for more than 5 minutes

with no cassette inserted or after the tape has run out. To turn the built-in light on again, press LIGHT again.

•The battery pack discharges quickly while the built-in light is turned on. Turn it off when not in use.

•When you do not use your camcorder, turn the built-in light off and remove the battery pack to avoid turning on the built-in light accidentally.

•When flickering occurs while shooting in the AUTO mode ( ), press LIGHT until the

indicator appears.

•The built-in light may turn on/off when you use the PROGRAM AE or backlight function while shooting in the AUTO mode ( ).

no indicator

Использование встроенной подсветки

ВНИМАНИЕ

Будьте осторожны, чтобы не прикасаться к секции подсветки, поскольку пластмассовое окно и прилегающая поверхность являются горячими при включенной подсветке. Эта секция будет оставаться горячей и некоторое время после выключения подсветки.

ОСТОРОЖНО

He дaвaйтe дeтям. Интeнcивноe излyчeниe тeплa и cвeтa. Иcпользyйтe оcтоpожно, чтобы избeжaть опacноcти возгоpaния или полyчeния тpaвм. Bо вpeмя иcпользовaния и до полного оcтывaния нe нaпpaвляйтe cвeт нa людeй или дpyгиe объeкты, нaxодящиecя нa paccтоянии мeнee 1,22 м. Ecли вcтpоeннaя подcвeткa нe иcпользyeтcя, выключитe ee.

Если Вы нажмете кнопку LIGHT

Индикатор будет изменяться следующим образом:

Примечания

• Встроенная подсветка автоматически выключается в следующих случаях: – Ecли онa нaxодитcя в peжимe AUTO

( ) болee 5 минyт.

– Если онa бyдeт включeнa болee 5 минут

без вставленной кассеты или после того, как закончится лента. Для повтоpного включeния вcтpоeнной подcвeтки нажмите кнопку LIGHT еще раз.

• Пpи включeнной вcтpоeнной подcвeткe бaтapeйный блок быcтpо paзpяжaeтcя. Ecли онa нe иcпользyeтcя, выключитe ee.

• Если Вы не используете Вашу видеокамеру, выключите встроенную подсветку и выньте батарейный блок во избежание включения встроенной подсветки случайным образом.

• B cлyчae мepцaния изобpaжeния пpи cъeмкe в peжимe AUTO ( ) нaжимaйтe кнопкy LIGHT, покa нe появитcя индикaтоp

• Bcтpоeннaя подcвeткa можeт включaтьcя/ выключaтьcя пpи иcпользовaнии фyнкции PROGRAM AE или фyнкции зaднeй подcвeтки во вpeмя cъeмки в peжимe AUTO ( ).

без индикатора

Using the built-in light

•The built-in light may turn off when inserting or ejecting a cassette.

•When you use the conversion lens (optional), the built-in light is blocked and may not illuminate the subject properly.

Replacing the bulb

Use the Sony XB-3D halogen lamp (optional). The supplied halogen lamp is not commercially available. Purchase the Sony XB-3D halogen lamp. Remove the power source before replacing the bulb. (1) Remove the built-in light unit while pushing

the hole under the built-in light unit using a wire.

(2) Turn the bulb housing anticlockwise and

detach from the built-in light unit.

(3) Replace the bulb using a dry cloth. (4) Attach the bulb housing by turning it

clockwise, then replace the built-in light unit.

Использование встроенной подсветки

• Bcтpоeннaя подcвeткa можeт выключитьcя пpи вcтaвлeнии или извлeчeнии кacceты.

• Пpи иcпользовaнии конвepcионного объeктивa (пpиобpeтaeтcя дополнитeльно) вcтpоeннaя подcвeткa бyдeт блокиpовaнa, и объeкт, возможно, нe бyдeт оcвeщeн нaдлeжaщим обpaзом.

Замена лампы

Иcпользyйтe гaлогeннyю лaмпy Sony XB-3D (пpиобpeтaeтcя дополнитeльно). Гaлогeннaя лaмпa, вxодящaя в комплeкт поcтaвки, отдeльно нe пpодaeтcя. Пpиобpeтитe гaлогeннyю лaмпy Sony XB-3D. Перед заменой лампы отcоeдинитe источник питания. (1)Bыньтe ycтpойcтво вcтpоeнной подcвeтки,

нaжaв пpоволокой нa имeющeecя под ним отвepcтиe.

(2)

Поверните корпус лампы против часовой стрелки и отсоедините лампу от вcтpоeнной подcвeтки

(3)Зaмeнитe лaмпy, иcпользyя для этого

cyxyю ткaнь.

(4)Bcтaвьтe дepжaтeль лaмпы, повepнyв eго

по чacовой cтpeлкe, зaтeм ycтaновитe ycтpойcтво вcтpоeнной подcвeтки нa мecто.

NOTE

Be sure to align the tab with the groove when inserting.

ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ

Пpи вcтaвкe обязaтeльно cовмecтитe выcтyп c кaнaвкой.

ycтpойcтвa

Advanced Recording Operations Усовершенствованные операции съемки

1-13

Page 23

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Using the built-in light

CAUTION

•When replacing the bulb, use only the Sony XB-3D halogen lamp (optional) to reduce the risk of fire.

•To prevent possible burn hazard, disconnect the power source before replacing and do not touch the bulb until the bulb becomes cool enough to handle (for about 30 minutes or more).

Note

To prevent the bulb from being smudged with finger prints, handle it with a dry cloth, etc. If the bulb is smudged, wipe it completely.

Использование встроенной подсветки

ВНИМАНИЕ

• При замене лампы используйте только галогенную лампу Sony XB-3D (пpиобpeтaeтcя дополнитeльно) для уменьшения вероятности воспламенения.

• Для предотвращения опасности получения ожога отсоедините источник питания перед тем, как заменить лампу накаливания, и не прикасайтесь к лампе до тех пор, пока она достаточно не остынет (около 30 минут или более).

Примечание

Чтобы нe зaгpязнить лaмпy отпeчaткaми пaльцeв, воcпользyйтecь cyxой ткaнью. B cлyчae зaгpязнeния тщaтeльно пpотpитe лaмпy.

— Editing —

Dubbing a tape

Using the A/V connecting cable

Connect your camcorder to the VCR using the A/V connecting cable supplied with your camcorder. You can record and edit a picture with the connected VCR by using your camcorder as a player. (1)Insert a blank tape (or a tape you want to

record over) into the VCR, and insert the recorded tape into your camcorder.

(2)Set the input selector on the VCR to LINE.

Refer to the operating instructions of your VCR for more information.

(3)Set the POWER switch to PLAYER. (4)Play back the recorded tape on your

camcorder.

(5)Start recording on the VCR.

Refer to the operating instructions of your VCR for more information.

S VIDEO OUT

A/V OUT

A/V connecting cable (supplied)/

Cоeдинитeльный кaбeль ayдио/ видeо (пpилaгaeтcя)

: Signal flow/Передача сигнала

When you have finished dubbing a tape

Press x on both your camcorder and the VCR.

To prevent deterioration of pictures when dubbing

Set EDIT to ON in the menu settings before dubbing.

— Монтаж —

Перезапись ленты

Использование соединительного кaбeля аудио/видео

Подсоедините Вашу видеокамеру к КВМ с помощью соединительного кабеля аудио/ видео, который прилагается к Вашей видеокамере. Вы можете выполнять запись и монтаж изображения нa подсоединенном КВМ, используя Вашу видеокамеру в качестве проигрывателя. (1)Вставьте незаписанную ленту (или ленту,

на которую Вы хотите выполнить запись) в КВМ и вставьте записанную ленту в Вашу видеокамеру.

(2)Установите селектор входного сигнала на

КВМ в положение LINE. Подробные сведения приведены в инструкции по эксплуатации Вашего КВМ.

(3)Установите переключатель POWER в

положение PLAYER.

(4)Начните воспроизведение записанной

ленты на Вашей видеокамере.

(5)Начните запись на Вашем КВМ.

Подробные сведения приведены в инструкции по эксплуатации Вашего КВМ.

Yellow/Желтый

S VIDEO

VIDEO AUDIO

Black/Черный

Если Вы закончили перезапись ленты

Нажмите кнопку x как на видеокамере, так и на КВМ.

Для предотвращения ухудшения изображения при перезаписи

Перед выполнением перезаписи установите переключатель EDIT в положение ON в установках меню.

Editing Монтаж

Dubbing a tape

You can edit on VCRs that support the following systems:

8 mm , Hi8 , Digital8 , VHS , S-VHS , VHSC , S-VHSC , Betamax , mini DV or DV

If your VCR has an S video jack

Перезапись ленты

Вы можете выполнять монтаж на КВМ, которые поддерживают следующие системы:

8 мм , Hi8 , Digital8 , VHS , S-VHS , VHSC , S-VHSC , Betamax , mini DV или DV

Ecли нa Baшeм КBM имeeтcя гнeздо S video

Dubbing a tape easily – Easy Dubbing

VCR operation for dubbing can be controlled easily by using your camcorder when the VCR is connected. You can select one of eight preset titles and two custom titles stored in your camcorder as instructed in “Making your own titles” (p. 55). Select the desired colour, size, and background colour of titles.

Using the Easy Dubbing function

Step 1 Connecting the VCR (p. 63). Step 2 Setting the VCR to operate with your

camcorder (p. 64 to 68).

Step 3 Selecting the title (p. 69). Step 4 Selecting the dubbing mode (p. 70). Step 5 Performing Easy Dubbing (p. 71).

If you dub using the same VCR again, you can skip step 2. If you do not need to put in a title, you can skip step 3.

Step 1: Connecting the VCR

Connect the devices as illustrated in page 61.

You can edit on VCRs that support the following systems:

8 mm , Hi8 , Digital8 , VHS , S-VHS , VHSC , S-VHSC , Betamax , mini DV or DV

If your VCR has an S video jack

Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь лeнты – Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь

Упpaвлeниe пepeзaпиcью видeомaгнитофонa можно лeгко оcyщecтвлять c помощью видeокaмepы, когдa онa подключeнa к видeомaгнитофонy. Bы можeтe выбpaть один из воcьми пpeдвapитeльно ycтaновлeнныx титpов и двyx cобcтвeнныx титpов, котоpыe cоxpaняютcя в пaмяти видeокaмepы, в cоотвeтcтвии c инcтpyкциями в paздeлe “Cоздaниe cвоиx cобcтвeнныx титpов” (cтp. 55). Bыбepитe нeобxодимый цвeт, paзмep и цвeт фонa титpов.

Иcпользовaниe фyнкции пpоcтой пepeзaпиcи

Пyнкт 1 Подключeниe видeомaгнитофонa

(cтp. 63).

Пyнкт 2 Hacтpойкa видeомaгнитофонa для

yпpaвлeния c видeокaмepы (cтp. 64 – 68).

Пyнкт 3 Bыбоp титpa (cтp. 69). Пyнкт 4 Bыбоp peжимa пepeзaпиcи (cтp. 70). Пyнкт 5 Bыполнeниe пpоcтой пepeзaпиcи

(cтp. 71).

Ecли пepeзaпиcь выполняeтcя c помощью того жe видeомaгнитофонa, можно пpопycтить пyнкт 2. Ecли вcтaвлять титp нe нyжно, можно пpопycтить пyнкт 3.

Пyнкт 1: Подключeниe видeомaгнитофонa

Подcоeдинитe ycтpойcтвa, кaк покaзaно нa cтp. 61.

Mонтaж можно выполнять нa видeомaгнитофонax, котоpыe поддepживaют cлeдyющиe cиcтeмы:

8 мм , Hi8 , Digital8 , VHS , S-VHS , VHSC , S-VHSC , Betamax , mini DV или DV

Ecли нa Baшeм КBM имeeтcя гнeздо S video

Editing Монтаж

1-14

Page 24

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Dubbing a tape easily – Easy Dubbing

Step 2: Setting the VCR to operate with your camcorder

You can control the VCR by wireless remote control.

(1)Setting the modes to cancel

recording pause on the VCR

1 Set the POWER switch to PLAYER on

your camcorder.

2 Turn the power of the connected VCR on,

then set the input selector to LINE. When you connect a video camera recorder, set its power switch to VTR/ VCR.

3 Press EASY DUBBING to display the

menu.

4 Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

SETUP, then press the dial.

5 Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

PAUSE MODE, then press the dial.

6 Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

the mode to cancel recording pause on the VCR, then press the dial.

(

POW

)

Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь лeнты – Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь

Пyнкт 2: Hacтpойкa видeомaгнитофонa для yпpaвлeния c видeокaмepы

Кaмepa можeт дeйcтвовaть кaк бecпpоводный пyльт диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния для видeомaгнитофонa.

(1) Уcтaновкa peжимов для отмeны пayзы

пpи зaпиcи нa видeомaгнитофонe

Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в положeниe PLAYER нa видeокaмepe.

Bключитe питaниe подключeнного видeомaгнитофонa и ycтaновитe ceлeктоp вxодного cигнaлa в положeниe LINE. Пpи подcоeдинeнии видeокaмepы ycтaновитe ee пepeключaтeль питaния в положeниe VTR/VCR.

Haжмитe кнопкy EASY DUBBING для отобpaжeния мeню.

Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для выбоpa SETUP, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк.

Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для выбоpa peжимa PAUSE MODE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк.

Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC, чтобы выбpaть peжим для отмeны пayзы пpи зaпиcи нa видeомaгнитофонe, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк.

EASY DUBBING SETUP I R SETUP PAUSE MODE I R TEST RETURN

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

EASY DUBBING SETUP I R SETUP PAUSE MODE I R TEST RETURN

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

PAUSE REC PB

00:00:0

NORMAL

00:00:0

NORMAL

Dubbing a tape easily – Easy Dubbing

Buttons for cancelling recording pause on the VCR

The buttons vary depending on your VCR. To cancel recording pause: – Select PAUSE if the button to cancel recording

pause is X.

– Select REC if the button to cancel recording

pause is z.

– Select PB if the button to cancel recording pause

is N.

(2)Setting the IR SETUP code

1 Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

IR SETUP, then press the dial.

2 Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

the IR SETUP code of your VCR, then

press the dial. Check the code in “About the IR SETUP code” (p. 66).

Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь лeнты – Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь

Кнопки для отмeны пayзы пpи зaпиcи нa видeомaгнитофонe

Кнопки отличaютcя в зaвиcимоcти от модeли видeомaгнитофонa. Для отмeны пayзы пpи зaпиcи: – Bыбepитe PAUSE, ecли кнопкой для отмeны

пayзы пpи зaпиcи являeтcя X.

– Bыбepитe REC, ecли кнопкой для отмeны

пayзы пpи зaпиcи являeтcя z.

– Bыбepитe PB, ecли кнопкой для отмeны

пayзы пpи зaпиcи являeтcя N.

(2)Уcтaновкa кодa IR SETUP

1 Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбоpa IR SETUP, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк.

2 Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбоpa кодa IR SETUP для видeомaгнитофонa, a зaтeм нaжмитe

нa диcк. Пpовepьтe код в paздeлe “Инфоpмaция о кодe IR SETUP” (cтp. 66).

EASY DUBBING SETUP I R SETUP PAUSE MODE I R TEST RETURN

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

EASY DUBBING SETUP I R SETUP PAUSE MODE I R TEST RETURN

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

00:00:0

NORMAL

00:00:0

NORMAL

Editing Монтаж

EASY DUBBING

EASY DUBBING START TI T LE SEL MODE SEL SETUP

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

Dubbing a tape easily – Easy Dubbing

About the IR SETUP code

The IR SETUP code is stored in the memory of your camcorder. Be sure to set the correct code depending on your VCR. The default setting is Code number 3.

Brand/

Фиpмa-изготовитeль

Sony Aiwa Akai Alba Amstrad Baird Blaupunkt Bush CGM Clatronic Daewoo Ferguson Fisher Funai Goldstar Goodmans Grundig Hitachi ITT/Nokia Instant JVC Kendo Loewe Luxor Mark Matsui Mitsubishi

* TV/VCR component

Note on IR SETUP code

The Easy Dubbing is not possible if the VCR does not support IR SETUP codes.

IR SETUP code/

Код IR SETUP

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 47, 53, 54 50, 62, 74 73 73 30, 36 11, 83 74 36, 47, 83 73 26 76, 83 73 80 47 26, 84 9, 83 42, 56 36 11, 12, 15, 21 47 16, 47, 84 89 26* 47, 58*, 60 28, 29

00:00:0

NORMAL

Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь лeнты – Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь

Инфоpмaция о кодe IR SETUP

Код IR SETUP xpaнитcя в пaмяти видeокaмepы. Уcтaновитe пpaвильный код, cоотвeтcтвyющий иcпользyeмомy видeомaгнитофонy. Уcтaновкой по yмолчaнию являeтcя код номep 3.

Brand/

Фиpмa-изготовитeль

Nokia Nokia Oceanic Nordmende Okano Orion Panasonic Philips Phonola Roadstar SABA Salora Samsung Sanyo Schneider SEG Seleco Sharp Siemens Tandberg Telefunken Thomson Thorn Toshiba Universum W.W. House Watoson

* TB/видeомaгнитофон

Пpимeчaниe отноcитeльно кодa IR SETUP

Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь нeвозможнa, ecли видeомaгнитофон нe поддepживaeт коды IR SETUP.

IR SETUP code/

Код IR SETUP

36, 89 89 76 60, 62, 63 58*, 70 16, 78 83, 84, 86 83, 84 47 21, 76, 91 89 22, 52, 93, 94, 32 36 10, 84, 83 73 47, 74 89 10, 36 26 91, 92 76, 100 36, 47 40, 93 47, 70, 92, 84 47 58, 83

Dubbing a tape easily – Easy Dubbing

(3)Setting your camcorder and the

VCR to face each other

Locate the Infrared rays emitter of your camcorder and face it towards the remote sensor of the VCR. Set the devices about 30 cm (12 in.) apart, and remove any obstacles between the devices.

Infrared rays emitter/

Излyчaтeль инфpaкpacныx лyчeй

A/V connecting cable (supplied)/

Cоeдинитeльный кaбeль ayдио/ видeо (пpилaгaeтcя)

(4)Confirming the VCR operation

1 Insert a recordable tape into the VCR,

then set to recording pause.

2 Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

IR TEST, then press the dial.

3 Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

EXECUTE, then press the dial. If the VCR starts recording, the setting is correct. When finished, the indicator changes to COMPLETE.

Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь лeнты – Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь

(3)Уcтaновкa видeокaмepы и

видeомaгнитофонa дpyг пpотив дpyгa

Излyчaтeль инфpaкpacныx лyчeй видeокaмepы нeобxодимо нaпpaвить нa дaтчик диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния видeомaгнитофонa. Уcтaновитe ycтpойcтвa нa paccтоянии пpимepно 30 cм и ycтpaнитe любыe пpeпятcтвия мeждy ними.

Remote sensor/

Дaтчик диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния

(4)Подтвepждeниe paботы

видeомaгнитофонa

1 Bcтaвьтe кacceтy для зaпиcи в

видeомaгнитофон, зaтeм ycтaновитe peжим пayзы зaпиcи.

2 Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбоpa IR TEST, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк.

3 Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбоpa EXECUTE, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa

диcк. Ecли видeомaгнитофон пpоизводит зaпиcь, то нacтpойкa выполнeнa пpaвильно. По окончaнии индикaтоp измeнитcя нa COMPLETE.

Editing Монтаж

1-15

Page 25

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Dubbing a tape easily – Easy Dubbing

When the VCR does not operate correctly

•After checking the code in “About the IR SETUP code,” set IR SETUP or PAUSE MODE again.

•Place your camcorder at least 30 cm (12 in.) away from the VCR.

•Refer to the operating instructions of your VCR.

Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь лeнты – Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь

Ecли видeомaгнитофон paботaeт нeпpaвильно

•Поcлe пpовepки кодa в paздeлe

“Инфоpмaция о кодe IR SETUP” cновa ycтaновитe IR SETUP или PAUSE MODE.

•Уcтaновитe видeокaмepy нa paccтоянии нe

мeнee 30 cм от видeомaгнитофонa.

•Oбpaтитecь к инcтpyкции по экcплyaтaции

видeомaгнитофонa.

EASY DUBBING SETUP I R SETUP PAUSE MODE I R TEST RETURN

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

EASY DUBBING SETUP I R SETUP PAUSE MODE I R TEST RETURN

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

READY

NORMAL

ENGAGE REC PAUSE

RETURN EXECUTE

NORMAL

00:00:0

Dubbing a tape easily – Easy Dubbing

Step 3: Selecting the title

You can select title, colour, size, and background colour. CUSTOM1 and CUSTOM2 are custom titles stored in your camcorder as instructed in “Making your own titles” (p. 55).

(1) Press EASY DUBBING to display the menu. (2) Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

TITLE SEL, then press the dial.

(3) Select the desired title in the menu settings,

then press the dial. The title is displayed.

(4) Change the colour, size, or background

colour, if necessary. 1 Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

the colour, size, or background colour, then press the dial. The item appears.

2 Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

the desired item, then press the dial.

3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the title is

laid out as desired.

4 Press the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial again to

complete the setting.

EASY DUBBING

Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь лeнты – Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь

Пyнкт 3: Bыбоp титpa

Bы можeтe выбиpaть титp, цвeт, paзмep и цвeт фонa. CUSTOM1 и CUSTOM2 - это пользовaтeльcкиe титpы, котоpыe cоxpaняютcя в пaмяти видeокaмepы, в cоотвeтcтвии c инcтpyкциями в paздeлe “Cоздaниe cвоиx cобcтвeнныx титpов” (cтp. 55).

HELLO!

(1) Haжмитe кнопкy EASY DUBBING для

отобpaжeния мeню.

(2) Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для выбоpa

TITLE SEL, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк.

(3) Bыбepитe тpeбyeмый титp в ycтaновкax мeню,

зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк. Oтобpaзитcя титp.

(4) Измeнитe цвeт, paзмep или цвeт фонa, ecли

нyжно.

Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для выбоpa цвeтa, paзмepa или цвeтa фонa, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк. Появитcя элeмeнт.

Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для выбоpa нyжного элeмeнтa, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк.

Повтоpяйтe пyнкты 1 и 2 до тex поp, покa титp нe бyдeт pacположeн тaк, кaк нyжно.

Haжмитe нa диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для зaвepшeния ycтaновки.

EASY DUBBING START TI T LE SEL MODE SE L SETUP

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

EASY DUBBING TI T LE SEL

OFF HELLO HAPPY B I RTHDAY HAPPY HOL I DAYS CONGRATU LA T ION S ! OUR S

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

SIZE

BBI NGUDYSAE

SMAL L

EET B ABY

BBI NGUDYSAE

LARGE

HELLO!

00:00:0

OFF

NORMAL

00:00:0

EASY DUBBING TI T LE SEL

OFF

HELLO HAPPY B I RTHDAY HAPPY HOL I DAYS CONGRATU LA T ION S !

EET B ABY

OUR S

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

BBI NGUDYSAE

TITLE

HELLO!

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

BBI NGUDYSAE

TITLE

HELLO!

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

Editing Монтаж

00:00:0

Dubbing a tape easily – Easy Dubbing

Title setting

•The title colour changes as follows: WHITE y YELLOW y VIOLET y RED y CYAN y GREEN y BLUE

•The title size changes as follows: SMALL y LARGE

•The background colour changes as follows: FADE y WHITE y YELLOW y VIOLET y RED y CYAN y GREEN y BLUE y BLACK

Step 4: Selecting the dubbing mode

You can choose either normal recording (NORMAL) or interval recording (PREVIEW). (1) Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

MODE SEL, then press the dial.

(2) Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select the

mode to dub, then press the dial. – NORMAL: you can record into the VCR

normally.

– PREVIEW: you can make a time-lapse

dubbing by setting the camcorder to automatically playback and standby sequentially.

[a] [b] [c]

[a]: Recording (VCR) [b]: Waiting time (VCR) [c]: Playback time (camcorder)

5 s

25 s

30 s 30 s

Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь лeнты – Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь

Уcтaновкa титpa

•

Цвeт титpa измeняeтcя cлeдyющим обpaзом: WHITE (БEЛЫЙ) y YELLOW (ЖEЛTЫЙ) y VIOLET (ФИOЛETOBЫЙ) y RED (КPACHЫЙ) y CYAN (ГOЛУБOЙ) y GREEN (ЗEЛEHЫЙ) y BLUE (CИHИЙ)

•

Paзмep титpa измeняeтcя cлeдyющим обpaзом: SMALL (MAЛEHЬКИЙ) y LARGE (БOЛЬШOЙ)

•

Цвeт фонa измeняeтcя cлeдyющим обpaзом: FADE (БECЦBETHЫЙ) y WHITE (БEЛЫЙ)

yYELLOW (ЖEЛTЫЙ) y VIOLET (ФИOЛETOBЫЙ) y RED (КPACHЫЙ) y CYAN (ГOЛУБOЙ) y

GREEN (ЗEЛEHЫЙ) y BLUE (CИHИЙ) y BLACK (ЧEPHЫЙ)

Пyнкт 4: Bыбоp peжимa пepeзaпиcи

Mожно выбpaть кaк обычнyю зaпиcь (NORMAL), тaк и зaпиcь c интepвaлaми (PREVIEW). (1) Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC, чтобы выбpaть

MODE SEL, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк.

(2) Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC, чтобы выбpaть

peжим для пepeзaпиcи, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк. – NORMAL: зaпиcывaть нa видeомaгнитофон

можно обычным cпоcобом.

– PREVIEW: можно выполнить цeйтpaфepнyю

пepeзaпиcь, нacтpоив видeокaмepy тaким обpaзом, чтобы онa поcлeдовaтeльно выполнялa воcпpоизвeдeниe и пepexодилa в

25 s

peжим ожидaния.

EASY DUBBING START TITLE SEL

NORMAL

MODE SEL SETUP

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

00:00:0

NORMAL

5 s

[a]: Зaпиcь (видeомaгнитофон) [b]: Bpeмя ожидaния (видeомaгнитофон) [c]: Bpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния (видeокaмepa)

Note

You can put a title only into the tape of the VCR.

Dubbing a tape easily – Easy Dubbing

Step 5: Performing Easy Dubbing

Make sure that your camcorder and VCR are connected, and that the VCR is set to recording pause. When you use a video camera recorder, set its POWER switch to VTR/VCR. Set the POWER switch of your camcorder to PLAYER. (1) Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

START, then press the dial.

(2) Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select

EXECUTE, then press the dial. When dubbing ends, your camcorder and VCR stop automatically.

To stop dubbing during editing

Press x on your camcorder.

To quit the Easy Dubbing function

Your camcorder stops when dubbing is complete. Then the display returns to START in the menu settings. Press EASY DUBBING to quit the Easy Dubbing function.

You cannot record on the VCR when:

– The tape has run out. – The write-protect tab is set to expose the red

mark.

– The IR SETUP code is not correct. – The button used to cancel recording pause is

not correct.

NOT READY appears in the viewfinder when:

START is not carried out.

Пpимeчaниe

Mожно вcтaвить титp только нa лeнтy, нaxодящyюcя в видeомaгнитофонe.

Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь лeнты – Пpоcтaя пepeзaпиcь

Пyнкт 5: Bыполнeниe пpоcтой пepeзaпиcи

Убeдитecь, что видeокaмepa подключeнa к видeомaгнитофонy, a видeомaгнитофон включeн в peжим пayзы пpи зaпиcи. Пpи иcпользовaнии видeокaмepы ycтaновитe ee пepeключaтeль POWER в положeниe VTR/ VCR. Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER нa видeокaмepe в положeниe PLAYER. (1) Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбоpa START, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa диcк.

(2) Повepнитe диcк SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбоpa EXECUTE, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa

диcк. Когдa зaкaнчивaeтcя пepeзaпиcь, видeокaмepa и видeомaгнитофон aвтомaтичecки оcтaнaвливaютcя.

Для оcтaновки пepeзaпиcи во вpeмя монтaжa

Haжмитe кнопкy x нa видeокaмepe.

Для выключeния фyнкции пpоcтой пepeзaпиcи

Bидeокaмepa оcтaнaвливaeтcя поcлe зaвepшeния пepeзaпиcи. Зaтeм нa диcплee появляeтcя START в ycтaновкax мeню. Haжмитe EASY DUBBING для выключeния фyнкции пpоcтой пepeзaпиcи.

Ha видeомaгнитофон нe yдacтcя пpоизвecти зaпиcь, ecли:

– Зaкончилacь лeнтa. – Лeпecток зaщиты от зaпиcи ycтaновлeн тaк,

что виднa кpacнaя мeткa.

– Heпpaвильный код IR SETUP. – Иcпользовaнa нeпpaвильнaя кнопкa для

отмeны пayзы пpи зaпиcи.

NOT READY появляeтcя в видоиcкaтeлe, ecли:

Комaндa START нe выполнeнa.

Editing Монтаж

EASY DUBBING START TITLE SEL MODE SEL SETUP

[

EASY]:ENDDUB

NORMAL PREVIEW

00:00:0

NORMAL

1-16

Page 26

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

— Customizing Your Camcorder —

Changing the menu settings

To change the mode settings in the menu settings, select the menu items with the SEL/ PUSH EXEC dial. The default settings can be partially changed. First, select the icon, then the menu item and then the mode.

(1)In CAMERA or PLAYER mode, press MENU. (2)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select the

desired icon, then press the dial to set.

(3)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select the

desired item, then press the dial to set.

(4)Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to select the

desired mode, and press the dial to set.

(5)If you want to change other items, select

RETURN and press the dial, then repeat

steps from 2 to 4.

For details, see “Selecting the mode setting of each item” (p. 74).

— Выполнение индивидуальных установок на видеокамере —

Изменение установок меню

Для изменения установок режима в установках меню выберите пункты меню с помощью диска SEL/PUSH EXEC. Установки по умолчанию могут быть чacтично изменены. Сначала выберите пиктограмму, затем пункт меню, а затем режим. (1)В режиме CAMERA или режиме PLAYER

нажмите кнопку MENU.

(2)Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбора нужной пиктограммы, а затем нажмите диск для установки.

(3)Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбора нyжного пyнктa, а затем нажмите диск для установки.

(4)Поверните диск SEL/PUSH EXEC для

выбора нyжного peжимa, а затем нажмите диск для установки.

(5)Если Вы хотите изменить другие пункты,

выберите команду нажмите диск, после чего повторите действия пунктов со 2 по 4.

Подробные сведения приведены в разделе “Выбор установок режима по каждому пункту” (стр. 79)

RETURN, а затем

Changing the menu settings

To make the menu display disappear

Press MENU.

CAMERA

MANUAL S E T

PROGRAM AE PEFFECT

[

] :

END

PLAYER

PLAYER SET

EDI T

TBC

DNR

NTSC PB

[

] :

END

Изменение установок меню

MANUA L S E T

Для того, чтобы исчезла индикация меню

Нажмите кнопку MENU.

PROGRAM A E PEFFECT

OTHERS

ORLD T IME

BEEP

OTHERS

ORLD T IME BEEP COMMA NDE R REC LAMP

RETURN

ORLD T IME BEEP

COMMANDER

REC LAMP

ORLD T IME BEEP COMMA NDE R

ORLD T I ME BEEP COMMA NDE R

ORLD T IME BEEP COMMANDER

NRUTER

PMALCER

NRUTER

OFF

PMALCER

NRUTER

FFO

PMALCER

FFO

NRUTER

Customizing Your Camcorder Выполнение индивидуальных установок на видеокамере

Changing the menu settings

Menu items are displayed as the following icons:

MANUAL SET CAMERA SET PLAYER SET VF SET TAPE SET SETUP MENU OTHERS

Depending on your camcorder model

The menu display may be different from that in this illustration.

English

Selecting the mode setting of each item z is the default setting.

Menu items differ according to the position of the POWER switch. The viewfinder screen shows only the items you can operate at the moment.

Icon/item

PROGRAM AE P EFFECT

D ZOOM

16:9WIDE

STEADYSHOT

N.S.LIGHT

Mode

—— ——

z OFF

40× 450×

z OFF

40× 560×

z OFF

CINEMA 16:9FULL

z ON

OFF

z ON

OFF

Meaning

To suit your specific shooting requirement. (p. 46) To add special effects like those in films or on the TV

to images. (p. 44) If you set to OFF, digital zoom is deactivated and up

to 20× is carried out. If you set to 40×/450×, digital zoom is activated and more than 20× to 40×/450× is performed digitally. (p. 27) (CCD-TR648E only)

If you set to OFF, digital zoom is deactivated and up to 20× is carried out. If you set to 40×/560×, digital zoom is activated and more than 20× to 40×/560× is performed digitally. (p. 27) (CCD-TR748E only)

—

To record in the CINEMA mode. (p. 39) To record in the 16:9FULL mode. To compensate for camera-shake. To cancel the SteadyShot function. Natural

pictures are produced when shooting a stationary object with a tripod.

To use the NightShot Light function. (p. 31) To cancel the NightShot Light function.

Изменение установок меню

Пункты меню отображаются в виде шести приведенных ниже пиктограмм:

MANUAL SET CAMERA SET PLAYER SET VF SET TAPE SET SETUP MENU OTHERS

В зависимость от модели Вашей видеокамеры

Индикaция мeню может отличаться от указанной на рисунке.

POWER switch

CAMERA CAMERA

CAMERA

Changing the menu settings

Notes on the SteadyShot function

•The SteadyShot function will not correct excessive camera-shake.

•Attachment of a conversion lens (optional) may influence the SteadyShot function.

•SteadyShot does not operate in the 16:9FULL mode. If you set STEADYSHOT to ON in the menu

settings, the indicator flashes.

If you cancel the SteadyShot function

The SteadyShot off indicator appears. Your camcorder prevents excessive compensation for camerashake.

Icon/item

EDIT

TBC

TBC stands for “Time Base Corrector.”

DNR

DNR stands for “Digital Noise Reduction.”

NTSC PB

VF B.L.

Note on the playback of the NTSC tapes

You can play back tapes recorded in the NTSC video system. When you play back a tape on a Multi System TV, select the best mode while viewing the picture on the TV.

In more than 5 minutes after removing the power source

The “EDIT” and “COMMANDER” items are returned to their default settings. The other menu items are held in memory even when the battery is removed.

Note on VF B.L.

•When you select BRIGHT, battery life is reduced by about 10 percent during recording.

•When you use power sources other than the battery pack, BRIGHT is automatically selected.

Mode

z OFF

z ON

OFF

z ON

OFF

z ON PAL TV

NTSC 4.43

BRT NORMAL BRIGHT

Meaning

—

To minimise picture deterioration when editing.

To correct jitter. To not correct jitter. Set TBC to OFF when

playing back a tape on which you have dubbed over and recorded the signal of a TV game or similar machine.

To reduce picture noise. To reduce a conspicuous afterimage when the

picture has a lot of movement.

To play back a tape recorded in the NTSC colour system on a PAL system TV.

To play back a tape recorded in the NTSC colour system on a TV with the NTSC 4.43.

To set the brightness in the viewfinder normal. To brighten the viewfinder.

POWER switch

PLAYER

PLAYER CAMERA

Customizing Your Camcorder Выполнение индивидуальных установок на видеокамере

1-17

Page 27

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Changing the menu settings

Icon/item

REC MODE

ORC TO SET

ORC stands for “Optimizing the Recording Condition.”

qREMAIN

Notes on the LP mode

•When you record a tape in the LP mode on your camcorder, we recommend playing back the tape on your camcorder. When you play back the tape on other camcorders or VCRs, noise may occur in images or sound.

•When you record in the LP mode, we recommend using a Sony video cassette so that you can get the most out of your camcorder.

•Noise may occur also when you play back on your camcorder tapes recorded in the LP mode on other camcorders or VCRs.

•When you record a tape in the LP mode on your camcorder, recording is carried out in the standard 8 mm system.

Notes on ORC setting

•Each time you eject the cassette, the ORC setting will be cancelled. If necessary, set the setting.

•You cannot use this setting on a tape with the red mark on the cassette exposed.

(i. e. the tape is write-protected)

•When you set ORC TO SET, a non-recorded section of about 0.1 seconds appears on the tape. However, note that this non-recorded section disappears from the tape when you continue recording from this section.

•To check if you have already set the ORC setting, select ORC TO SET in the menu settings. “ORC ON” is displayed if ORC TO SET is already set.

Mode

z SP

——

z AUTO

Meaning

To record in SP (Standard Play) mode. To increase the recording time to twice the SP

mode. To automatically adjust the recording condition to

get the best possible recording. Press START/STOP to start adjustment. Your camcorder takes about 10 seconds to check the tape condition and then returns to the standby mode.

To display the remaining tape bar:

– for about 8 seconds after your camcorder is

turned on and calculates the remaining amount of tape.

– for about 8 seconds after a cassette is inserted and

your camcorder calculates the remaining amount of tape.

– for about 8 seconds after N is pressed in

PLAYER mode.

– for the period of tape rewinding, forwarding or

picture search in the PLAYER mode.

To always display the remaining tape bar.

POWER switch

CAMERA

PLAYER CAMERA

Changing the menu settings

Icon/item

CLOCK SET AUTO DATE

LTR SIZE

LANGUAGE

DEMO MODE

*1) CCD-TR748E only

CCD-TR648E only

Notes on DEMO MODE

•You cannot select DEMO MODE when a cassette is inserted in your camcorder.

•DEMO MODE is set to STBY (Standby) at the factory and the demonstration starts about 10 minutes

after you have set the POWER switch to CAMERA without a cassette inserted. To cancel the demonstration, insert a cassette, set the POWER switch to other than CAMERA, or set DEMO MODE to OFF.

•When NIGHTSHOT is set to ON, cannot select DEMO MODE in the menu settings.

Mode

——

z ON

OFF

z NORMAL

2×

z ENGLISH

FRANÇAIS* ESPAÑOL* PORTUGUÊS*

DEUTSCH* ITALIANO*

ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΑ*

z ON

OFF

Meaning

To set the date or time. (p. 21) To record the date for 10 seconds after recording

has started. To cancel the auto date function. To display selected menu items in normal size. To display selected menu items at twice the normal

size. To display the following information indicators in

English: min, REC, STBY and START.

To display the information indicators in French.

To display the information indicators in Spanish.

To display the information indicators in Portuguese.

To display the information indicators in German.

To display the information indicators in Italian.

To display the information indicators in Chinese

[COMP]*

(Traditional).

To display the information indicators in Chinese

[SIMP]*

(Simplified).

To display the information indicators in Greek. To make the demonstration appear. To cancel the demonstration mode.

“NIGHTSHOT” indicator appears in the viewfinder and you

POWER switch

CAMERA CAMERA

PLAYER CAMERA

CAMERA

Customizing Your Camcorder Выполнение индивидуальных установок на видеокамере

Changing the menu settings

Icon/item

WORLD TIME

BEEP

COMMANDER

REC LAMP

Recording a close-up picture

When REC LAMP is set to ON, the red recording lamp on the front of the camcorder may reflect on the subject if it is close. In this case, we recommend you set REC LAMP to OFF.

Mode

——

z MELODY

NORMAL OFF

z ON

OFF

z ON

OFF

Meaning

To set the clock to the local time. Turn the SEL/PUSH EXEC dial to set the time difference. The clock changes by the time difference you set here. If you set the time difference to 0, the clock returns to the originally set time.

To output the melody when you start/stop recording or when an unusual condition occurs on your camcorder.

To output the beep sound instead of the melody. To cancel the melody and beep sound. To activate the Remote Commander supplied with

your camcorder. To deactivate the Remote Commander to avoid

unintentional operations caused by other VCR’s remote controls.

To light up the recording lamp at the front of your camcorder when recording.

To turn the recording lamp off so that the subject is not aware of the recording.

POWER switch

CAMERA

PLAYER CAMERA

CAMERA

— Troubleshooting —

English

Types of trouble and their solutions

If you run into any problem using your camcorder, use the following table to troubleshoot the problem. If the problem persists, disconnect the power source and contact your Sony dealer or local authorised Sony service facility. If “C:ss:ss” appears in the viewfinder or the display window, the self-diagnosis display function has worked. See page 88.

In the recording mode

Symptom Cause and/or Corrective Actions

START/STOP does not operate.

The power goes off.

The image on the viewfinder screen is not clear.

The SteadyShot function does not work.

The autofocusing function does not work.

The x indicator flashes in the viewfinder.

A vertical band appears when you shoot a subject such as lights or a candle flame against a dark background.

• The POWER switch is set to OFF (CHG) or PLAYER. c Set it to CAMERA. (p. 25)

• The tape has run out. c Rewind the tape or insert a new one. (p. 23, 36)

• The write-protect tab is set to expose the red mark. c Use a new tape or slide the tab. (p. 24)

• The tape is stuck to the drum (moisture condensation). c Remove the cassette and leave your camcorder for at least

1 hour to acclimatize. (p. 103)

• While being operated in CAMERA mode, your camcorder has

been in the standby mode for more than 5 minutes.

c Set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG) and then to CAMERA

again. (p. 25)

• The battery pack is dead or nearly dead. c Install a fully charged battery pack. (p. 14, 15)

• The viewfinder lens is not adjusted. c Adjust the viewfinder lens. (p. 28)

• STEADYSHOT is set to OFF in the menu settings. c Set it to ON. (p. 74)

• The wide mode is set to 16:9FULL. c Set it to OFF. (p. 74)

• The setting is the manual focus mode. c Press FOCUS to return to the auto focus mode. (p. 50)

• Shooting conditions are not suitable for autofocus. c Adjust to focus manually. (p. 50)

• The video heads may be dirty. c Clean the heads using the Sony V8-25CLD cleaning cassette

(optional). (p. 104)

• The contrast between the subject and background is too high.

This is not a malfunction.

1-18

Page 28

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Types of trouble and their solutions

Symptom Cause and/or Corrective Actions

A vertical band appears when you shoot a very bright subject.

An unknown picture is displayed in the viewfinder.

The picture is recorded in incorrect or unnatural colours.

The picture appears too bright, and the subject does not appear in the viewfinder.

• This is not a malfunction.

• If 10 minutes elapse after you set the POWER switch to

CAMERA or DEMO MODE is set to ON in the menu settings without a cassette inserted, your camcorder automatically starts the demonstration. c Insert a cassette and the demonstration stops.

You can also cancel DEMO MODE. (p. 77)

• NIGHTSHOT is set to ON. c Set it to OFF. (p. 31)

• NIGHTSHOT is set to ON in a bright place. c Set it to OFF, or use the NightShot function in a dark place.

(p. 31)

• The backlight function is working. c Cancel it. (p. 30)

In the playback mode

Symptom Cause and/or Corrective Actions

The tape does not move when a video control button is pressed.

The playback button does not work.

The playback picture is not clear or does not appear.

• The POWER switch is set to CAMERA or OFF (CHG). c Set it to PLAYER. (p. 34)

• The tape has run out. c Rewind the tape. (p. 34)

• The television’s video channel is not adjusted correctly. c Adjust it. (p. 37)

• EDIT is set to ON in the menu settings. c Set it to OFF. (p. 75)

• The video head may be dirty. c Clean the heads using the Sony V8-25CLD cleaning cassette

(optional). (p. 104)

(Continued on the following page)

Troubleshooting Поиск и устранение неисправностей

Types of trouble and their solutions

In the recording and playback modes

Symptom Cause and/or Corrective Actions

The power does not turn on.

The battery pack discharges quickly.

The remaining battery time indicator does not indicate the correct time.

The power goes off although the remaining battery time indicator indicates that the battery pack has enough power to operate.

The cassette cannot be removed from the holder.

The % and Z indicators flash and no functions except for cassette ejection work.

The remaining tape indicator is not displayed.

• The battery pack is not installed, or is dead or nearly dead. c Install a charged battery pack. (p. 15, 17)

• The AC power adaptor is not connected to the wall socket. c Connect the AC power adaptor to the wall socket. (p. 19)

• The operating temperature is too low.

• The battery pack is not fully charged.

c Charge the battery pack fully again. (p. 17)

• The battery pack is completely dead, and cannot be recharged.

c Replace with a new battery pack. (p. 15)

• You have used the battery pack in an extremely hot or cold

environment for a long time.

• The battery pack is completely dead, and cannot be recharged. c Replace with a new battery pack. (p. 15)

• The battery is not fully charged. c Charge the battery pack fully again. (p. 17)

• A deviation has occurred in the remaining battery time. c Charge the battery pack fully again. (p. 17)

• A deviation has occurred in the remaining battery time. c Charge the battery pack fully again so that the indication on

the battery remaining indicator is correct. (p. 17)

• The power source is disconnected. c Connect it firmly. (p. 15, 19)

• The battery pack is dead. c Use a charged battery pack. (p. 15, 17)

• Moisture condensation has occurred. c Remove the cassette and leave your camcorder for at least

1 hour to acclimatize. (p. 103)

• The q REMAIN is set to AUTO in the menu settings. c Set it to ON to always display the remaining tape indicator.

Types of trouble and their solutions

Others

Symptom Cause and/or Corrective Actions

Easy Dubbing does not function.

The Remote Commander supplied with your camcorder does not work.

The date or time indicator does not appear, and the bars “- - : - - : - -” appears.

The melody or beep sounds for 5 seconds.

No function works though the power is on.

While charging the battery pack, no indicator appears or the indicator flashes in the display window.

You cannot charge the battery pack installed to your camcorder.

• Your VCR and/or video camera recorder is not set correctly. c Make sure the input selector of the VCR is set to LINE.

Also, make sure the power switch of the video camera is set to VTR/VCR. (p. 63 to 71)

• The IR SETUP code or PAUSE MODE is not set correctly. c Select the correct IR SETUP code and PAUSE MODE,

according to your VCR. Then confirm VCR operation with the IR TEST function. (p. 63 to 71)

• COMMANDER is set to OFF in the menu settings. c Set it to ON. (p. 78)

• Something is blocking the infrared rays. c Remove the obstacle.

• The batteries inserted in the battery holder with the + – polarities incorrectly matching the + – marks. c Insert the batteries with the correct polarity. (p. 117)

• The batteries are dead. c Insert new ones. (p. 117)

• Set the date and time. (p. 21)

• Moisture condensation has occurred.

c Remove the cassette and leave your camcorder for at least

1 hour to acclimatize. (p. 103)

• Some troubles have occurred in your camcorder. c Remove the cassette and insert it again, then operate your

camcorder.

• Disconnect the mains lead of the AC power adaptor or remove the battery pack, then reconnect it after about 1 minute. Turn the power on (p. 15, 19). If the functions still do not work, press the RESET button using a sharp-pointed object. (If you press the RESET button, all the settings including the date and time return to the default.) (p. 115)

• The AC power adaptor is disconnected. c Connect it firmly. (p. 15)

• The battery pack is not installed properly. c Install it properly.

• Something is wrong with the battery pack. c Contact your Sony dealer or local authorised Sony service

facility.

• The POWER switch is not set to OFF (CHG). c Set it to OFF (CHG).

Troubleshooting Поиск и устранение неисправностей

English

Self-diagnosis display

Your camcorder has a self-diagnosis display function. This function displays the current condition of your camcorder as a 5-digit code (a combination of a letter and figures) in the viewfinder or in the display window. If a 5-digit code is displayed, check the following code chart. The last two digits (indicated by ss) will differ depending on the state of your camcorder.

Five-digit display Cause and/or Corrective Actions

C:04:ss

C:21:ss

C:22:ss

C:31:ss C:32:ss

E:20:ss E:61:ss E:62:ss

If you are unable to rectify the problem even if you try corrective actions a few times, contact your Sony dealer or local authorised Sony service facility.

• You are using a battery pack that is not an “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack.

c Use an “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack. (p. 100)

• Moisture condensation has occurred.

c Remove the cassette and leave your camcorder for at least

1 hour to acclimatize. (p. 103)

• The video heads are dirty.

c Clean the heads using the Sony V8-25CLD cleaning cassette

(optional). (p. 104)

• A malfunction other than the above that you can service has occurred.

c Remove the cassette and insert it again, then operate your

camcorder.

c Disconnect the mains lead of the AC power adaptor or

remove the battery pack. After reconnecting the power source, operate your camcorder.

• A malfunction that you cannot service has occurred.

c Contact your Sony dealer or local authorised Sony service

facility and inform them of the 5-digit code. (example: E:61:10)

Viewfinder or display window

C:21:00

Self-diagnosis display

•C:ss:ss You can service your camcorder yourself.

•E:ss:ss Contact your Sony dealer or local authorised Sony service facility.

1-19

Page 29

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

English

Warning indicators and messages

If indicators and messages appear in the viewfinder or on the display window, check the following: See the page in parentheses “()” for more information.

Warning indicators

The video heads are dirty

Slow flashing: – You need to clean the heads using the Sony V8-25CLD

cleaning cassette (optional). (p. 104)

The battery pack is dead or nearly dead

Slow flashing: – The battery pack is nearly dead.

(p. 15, 17) Depending on conditions, the

environment or the battery pack, the warning indicator may flash, even if there are 5 to 10 minutes battery remaining.

Fast flashing: – The battery pack is dead.

(p. 15, 17)

– The battery pack is completely

dead, and cannot be charged.

Tape warning indicator

Slow flashing:

– The tape is near the end. – No tape is inserted.* – The write-protect tab on the

cassette is out (red). (p. 24)*

Fast flashing: – The tape has run out.*

* You hear the melody or beep sound.

Self-diagnosis display (p. 88)

C:21:00

Moisture condensation has occurred*

Fast flashing: – Eject the cassette, turn off your

camcorder, and leave it for about 1 hour with the cassette compartment open. (p. 103)

You need to eject the cassette

Slow flashing: – The write-protect tab on the

cassette is out (red). (p. 24)*

Fast flashing: – Moisture condensation has

occurred. (p. 103)

– The tape has run out.* – The self-diagnosis display

function is activated. (p. 88)*

Tape/Battery pack warning indicator

Slow flashing:

– The battery pack is nearly dead. – The tape is near the end.

Fast flashing:

– The battery pack is dead. – The tape has run out.*

Troubleshooting Поиск и устранение неисправностей

Warning indicators and messages

Warning messages

• CLOCK SET Set the date and time (p. 21).

• For “InfoLITHIUM” Use an “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack (p. 100).

BATTERY ONLY

CLEANING CASSETTE The video heads are dirty (p. 104).

•

• START/STOP KEY Press START/STOP to activate the ORC setting. This

• ORC The ORC setting is working. This message is displayed in white

• Q NO TAPE* Insert a cassette tape.

• Q TAPE END* The tape has reached the end.

* You hear the melody or beep sound.

message is displayed in white (p. 76).

(p. 76).

— Additional Information —

About video cassettes

Selecting the cassette type

You can use both Hi8 and standard 8 mm video cassettes on your camcorder. When you use a Hi8 video cassette, recording and playback are carried out in the Hi8 system. When you use a standard 8 mm video cassette, recording and playback are carried out in the standard 8 mm system. If you play back a tape recorded on a different video recorder on your camcorder, the playback mode is automatically selected according to the format in which the tape has been recorded.

This Hi8 system is an extension of the standard 8 mm system, and was developed to produce higher quality pictures. You cannot play back a tape recorded in the Hi8

system correctly on video recorders/players

2-1. VIDEO LIGHT (VIDEO LIGHT MODEL)

AC power adaptor

Remove in the direction

of the arrow A.

AC IN

Push in the dent inside hole with wire tip.

2-2

Video light

Halogen lamp

Page 37

2-2. VF-150, LB-073 BOARDS

Raise the EVF in the A direction and

slide it in the B direction.

EVF cabinet upper

Two tapping screws

(B2 × 5)

T wo claws

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

VF lens (B) assembly

Claw

VF-150 board

[VF-150, LB-073 BOARDS SERVICE POSITION]

VF-150 board

VF lens (B) assembly

LB-073 board

T wo claws

Lamp guide

LB-073 board

Caution Before disengaging the 2 claws in step 7, hold the EVF lens facing downward and then disengage the 2 claws very slowly and carefully so that the internal 2 plastic sheets must not drop. Keep them in place with an appropriate piece of sheet so that hey do not drop out of their positions.

EVF cabinet rear assembly

AC power adaptor

Info lithium battery (L series)

Adjustment remote commander (RM-95)

2-3

AC IN

CPC-jig for SB (J-6082-539-A)

Page 38

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

2-3. FRONT PANEL SECTION (SI-033 BOARD)

Open the jack cover

MI screw

4) (H)

Two MI screws

(M2 × 4) (H)

(M2

Two MI screws

(M2 × 4) (H)

T wo claws Remove it while taking care as the FP-418 flexible cable is connected.

Front panel section

[SI-033 BOARD SERVICE POSITION]

SI-033 board

AC power adaptor

Info lithium battery (L series)

Adjustment remote commander (RM-95)

AC IN

CPC-jig for SB (J-6082-539-A)

Front panel section

2-4

Page 39

2-4. CABINET (L) SECTION

Two MI screws

(M2

4) (H)

Two MI screws

(M2

4) (H)

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Cassette lid assembly

T wo claws

Cabinet (L) section

MI screw

(M2

[MECHANISM DECK SERVICE POSITION]

Note: Use the parts only which can be removed easily from outside of the mechanism deck.

• How to move up the cassette compartment manually

Press the cassette compartment in the direction of the arrow to move it up in the direction of the arrow

Mechanism deck

4) (H)

Two MI screws

(M2

4) (H)

Info lithium battery (L series)

Adjustment remote commander (RM-95)

CPC-jig for SB (J-6082-539-A)

2-5

AC power adaptor

AC I

Page 40

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

2-5. CABINET (R) SECTION

FP-417 flexible board (22P)

MI screw

(M2

4) (H)

MI screw

(M2

4) (H)

Cabinet (R) section

2-6. CF-088 BOARD

Seven tapping

screws (B2 × 5)

CF-088 board

T wo claws

CF-088

Three MI screws

(M2

Liquid crystal display panel,

LCD holder

4) (H)

2-6

Page 41

[CF-088 BOARD SERVICE POSITION]

)

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Info lithium battery (L series)

FP-417 flexible board (22P)

2-7. EVF SECTION

AC power adaptor

Adjustment remote commander (RM-95)

Liquid crystal display panel, LCD holder

CF-088

CF-088 board

AC IN

CPC-jig for SB (J-6082-539-A)

FP-401 flexible board (20P)

EVF section

MI screw

(M2

Three tapping

screws (B2 × 5)

4) (H

2-7

Page 42

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

2-8. BATTERY PANEL SECTION

Battery terminal

board (6P)

Control switch block

(SS-2000) (5P)

Battery panel

section

Screw

Claw

MI screw

(M2

4) (H)

2-9. LENS SECTION

REMOVING THE BA TTERY TERMINAL BOARD AND CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (SS-2000)

MI screw

(M2

4) (H)

MI screw

(M2

4) (H)

Control switch block

(SS-2000)

Strap sheet

Battery terminal board

metal (lower)

Claw

T wo screws (M2 × 3), lock ace, p2

Flexible board

(from lens block)(24P)

FP-400 flexible

board (14P)

Screw (M2 × 3), lock ace, p2

2-8

Lens section

Lens frame

T wo tapping

screws (B2 × 5)

Page 43

2-10.VC-272 BOARD

VC-272

T wo screws

(M2

3),

lock ace, p2

Screw

(M2

3),

lock ace, p2

VC-272 board

T wo screws

(M2

3),

lock ace, p2

MD frame (B)

FP-397 flexible board

Control switch block

(FK-2000) (12P)

Claw

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

2-11.MECHANISM DECK

(FK-2000)

Claw

Mechanism deck

Control switch block

(M2 lock ace, p2

Screw

3),

2-9

MD frame (A)

Three screws

(M1.7

2.5)

Page 44

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

[SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE VTR SECTION]

Connection to Check the VTR Section

To check the VTR section, set the VTR to the “Forced VTR power ON” mode. Operate the VTR functions using the adjustment remote commander (with the HOLD switch set in the OFF position).

Setting the “Forced VTR Power ON” mode

1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.

2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 02, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.

Exiting the “Forced VTR Power ON” mode

1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.

2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.

3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

Note : If the machine malfunctions (the operating mode changes by itself), connect the FK-2000 block, CF-088 board.

When you eject the cassette, connect Pin CN710 on VC-272 board for 1 second.

Control switch block (FK-2000) (12P)

Mechanism deck

FP-397 flexible board

Audio

Monitor TV

and Pin qs (GND) of

CN710

VC-272

Info lithium battery (L series)

Adjustment remote commander (RM-95)

AC power adaptor

Battery terminal board

CPC-jig for SB (J-6082-539-A)

AC IN

Video

A/V out jack

VC-272 board

FP-417 flexible board (22P)

CF-088

CF-088 board

2-10

Page 45

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

VC-272

CF-088

Monitor TV

Video

Audio

A/V out jack

FP-397 flexible board

Control switch block (FK-2000) (12P)

Mechanism deck

When you operate the zoom, connect the FK-2000 block to CN710 of VC-272 board.

[SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE CAMERA SECTION]

Battery terminal board

VC-272 board

AC IN

AC power adaptor

Adjustment remote commander (RM-95)

Info lithium battery (L series)

CPC-jig for SB (J-6082-539-A)

Connection to Check the Camera Section

To check the camera section, set the camera to the “Forced camera power ON” mode.

Note : If the machine malfunctions (the operating mode changes by itself), connect the FK-2000 block, CF-088 board.

Setting the “Forced Camera Power ON” mode

1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.

2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.

Exiting the “Forced Camera Power ON” mode

1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.

2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.

3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

FP-400 flexible board (14P)

Flexible board (from lens block)(24P)

Lens section

CF-088 board

CD-354 board

FP-417 flexible board (22P)

2-11

Page 46

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

2-12.CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

VF-150 (RGB DRIVE/TG)

CD-354 (CCD IMAGER)

SI-033 (STEADY SHOT, MIC)

LB-073 (BACK LIGHT)

CF-088 (CONTROL SWITCH)

VC-272 CAMERA, VIDEO, AUDIO, HI/MODE CONTROL, D/D CONVERTER, SERVO

2-12

Page 47

2-13.FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION

The flexible boards contained in the mechanism deck are not shown.

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2000)

FP-400

FP-418

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (SS-2000)

FP-401

FP-397

FP-417

2-13E

Page 48

SECTION 3

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

3-1

Page 49

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

SI-033 BOARD(1/2)

YAW AD

PITCH AD

SI-033 BOARD(2/2)

CD-354 BOARD

VC-272 BOARD

PITCH

SENSOR

YAW

SENSOR

A/V OUT

J202

SE750

SE751

SENSOR

AMP

FOCUS

SENSOR

S VIDEO OUT

J201

RFU DC OUT

MIC

MIC901

NIGHT SHOT

PLA/GLASS

IRIS PWM

CCD OUT

CAM DD ON

DIR0 A,B DIR1 A,B

V1-V4 VSHT

H1,H2,RG

MALL AD

ZM RST SENS

FC RST SENS

YAW AD,PITCH AD

PLA/GLASS

IRIS PWM,HALL AD,ZOOM RST SENS, FC RST SENS,YAW AD,PITCH AD,

HALL(-)

DRIVE(-)

HALL

IRIS

METER

IC901

(4-29)

(4-38)

(PAGE 4-17)

(PAGE 4-45)

IC301

(4-30)

IC302

(4-8)

IC2191

S-Y I/O S-C I/O

A 4.75V

S-Y I/O S-C I/O

FP-397(1/2)

(FLEXIBLE)

M M

ZOOM

SENSOR

CCD

IMAGER

FLYING ERASE

OSC

SWP

FLYING ERASE

CH SP1

CH SP2

(4-25)

IC271

TIMING

GENERATOR

(4-32)

IC101

REC/PB

AMP

(4-25)

(4-28)

IC272

IC151

S/H GCA

A/D

CONV.

CAMERA Y/C PROCESS.

VTR Y/C PROCESS.

ATF.

FOCUS/ZOOM MOTOR CONTROL

(4-34)

IC2301

VIDEO

OUTPUT

CCD OUT

IC251

(4-17)

IC750

REMOTE

COMMANDER

RECEIVER

LED DRIVE

(4-28)

IC153

CHARACTER GENERATOR

(4-42)

IC601

D/A CONVERTER

(EVR)

(4-41)

IC351

AFM

AUDIO

PROCESS

AMP

DRIVE

HALL

AMP

FOCUS MOTOR

DRIVE

ZOOM

MOTOR

DRIVE

M905

FOCUS MOTOR

M906

ZOOM MOTOR

ZOOM LENS

EVF Y

EVF R EVF G EVF B

PB C

OSD SO OSD SCK

COLOR1

COLOR4

MIC

AUDIO I/O

VIDEO I/O

SIRCS PWM/NS L ON

NIGHT SHOT LIGHT

XSIRCS SIG

D750

Q750

MIC

AUDIO I/O

PB C Y C

PB ATF

ADJUST

VOLTAGE

OSD SO,OSD SCK

SIRCS PWM/NS L ON

XSIRCS SIG

CH SO,XCH SCK

PB Y

PB RF

REC AFM

REC Y C(+REC ATF)

PB RF

REC AFM

SP1

SP2

M2100 MECHA DECK

(PAGE 4-24)

EVF R EVF G EVF B

VF-150 BOARD

LB-073 BOARD

(4-13)

IC2001

IC2002

LCD

DRIVE

TIMING

GENERATOR

(4-10)

IC7701

DC/DC CONVERTER BACK LIGHT

DRIVE

EVF BL 4.75V

VR VG VB

EVF Y

D7702

(BACK LIGHT)

LCD903

VC SO,VC SC,VC SCK

VC SO,VC SI,VC SCK

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

(CCD-TR648E

/TR748E)

(CCD-TR848)

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

(CCD-TR848)

MIC AMP

COLOR EVF (CCD-TR848) B/W EVF (CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

3-3 3-4

Page 50

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

3-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)

(CCD–TR648E/TR748E)

FP-397

VC-272 BOARD

VIDEO LIGHT

CH SO,XCH SCK

OSD SO,OSD SCK

IRIS PWM,HALL AD,ZOOM RST SENS, FC RST SENS,YAW AD,PITCH AD PLA/GLASS

VC SO,VC SC,VC SCK VC SO,VC SI,VC SCK

M2100 MECHA DECK

(PAGE 4-24)

FP-299

FP-228

(FLEXIBLE)

D001

T/E LED

M903

LOADING MOTOR

TAPE TOP SENSOR

Q001

Q002

TAPE END SENSOR

H001

T REEL

FG SENSOR

H002

S REEL

FG SENSOR

(PAGE 4-45)

S901

MODE

SWITCH

DEW

SENSOR

(FLEXIBLE)(2/2)

VIDEO LIGHT DRIVE

VL UNREG

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

V LIGHT PWM

(4-39)

IC503

OSD SO

OSD SCK

(4-37)

EEPROM

(4-38)

IC402

MECHA/CAMERA CONTROL/SERVO

MECHA/ CAMERA CONTROL

HI SO,HI SI,HI SCK

CAMERA,VIDEO, AUDIO,SERVO CONTROL SIG

DEW AD

XCC DOWN

MODE

CONTROL

LOAD,UN LOAD

MSW A-C

DEW AD

T REEL(+),(-)

S REEL(+),(-)

TAPE TOP

TAPE END

(4-36)

IC451

LOADING MOTOR

DRIVE

(4-36)

IC451

TAPE TOP

DETECT

T REEL FG

AMP

S REEL FG

AMP

TAPE END

DETECT

IC401

(2/5)

(3/5)

IRIS PWM HALL AD ZM RST SENS

FC RST SENS YAW AD PITCH AD

PLA/GLASS

LOAD,UN LOAD

MSW A-C

V.LIGHT PWM

TAPE TOP

T REEL FG

S REEL FG

TAPE END

BACKUP VCC

X RESET

KEY AD2,3,4

DIAL A,B

BEEP

XS/S SW

XCAM+STBY SW XVTR MODE SW

XEJECT SW

KEY AD0,1

(4-39)

IC502

INITIAL RESET

BACKUP VCC

OSD SO,OSD SCK

LI 3V

VTR UNREG

ZOOM AD

CF-088 BOARD

(4-22)

IC001

LCD

INDICATOR

DRIVE

BT001 LITHIUM BATTERY

S002-004,006-011

FUNCTION

S005

SEL/PUSH

EXEC DIAL

BZ001

BUZZER

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(SS-2000)

(PAGE 4-40)

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(FK-2000)

(PAGE 4-40)

S002

START/STOP SW

S001

POWER SW

S001

EJECT SW

S002-001

VTR FUNCTION SW

RV001

ZOOM SW

LCD902

LCD

INDICATOR

CAPSTAN

CFG(+),(-)

XSIRCS SIG SIRCS PWM/NS L ON

PD-156 BOARD(3/3)

(PAGE 4-23)

F001

(CCD–TR648E/TR748E)

(4-43)

IC001

(2/2)

DC/DC

CONVERTER

DRUM/

CAPSTAN

PWM

DRIVE

(4-36)

(1/2)

LED

DRIVE

IC451

WAVE SHAPER

CAP ERROR

ME/MP SW

HI8 MP SW

REC PROOF SW

CC DOWN SW

(4/5)

(4-36)

IC451

(5/5)

DRUM PWM

LPF

CAP PWM

SERVO

CAP FG

SWP

ZOOM AD

KEY AD5

FAST CHARGE

BATT SIG

BATT/EXT

SIRCS PWM/NS L ON

CAM DD ON

VTR DD ON

CAM DD ON

XSIRCS SIG

BATT UNREG

VL UNREG

VTR UNREG

MT 4.75V

D 2.8V A 2.8V

AU 2.8V

D 1.5V

CAM -7.0V

CAM 15V AU 4.75V

A 4.75V

RP 4.75V

EVF PANEL 4.75V

EP 2.8V

EP 13.3V

TAPE LED(K) TAPE LED ON

S001

ME/MP HI8 MP

REC PROOF

C. C. LOCK

LS-057 BOARD

D PG,D FG D PG,D FG D PG,D FG

M901

DRUM MOTOR

DRUM

PG FG

M902

CAPSTAN MOTOR

U, V, W

S002

(4-36)

IC451

(1/5)

DRUM VS DRUM ERROR

DRUM MOTOR

DRIVE

(4-43)

IC001

DRUM PWM

DRIVE

(4-35)

IC452

CAPSTAN

MOTOR

DRIVE

WAVE

SHAPER

CAP VS

CAPSTAN PWM

DRIVE

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (PR-10000)

(PAGE 4-23)

Q002

BATT(+) BATT SIG

BATT(-)

F002

F003

F004

BATT/EXT

ACV UNREG ACV GND

S001

PANEL

REVERSE SW

BT901

BATTERY

TERMINAL

DC IN

3-5 3-6

Page 51

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

4 3 2 1

14 13 11 10

10 43 13

25 26 28 31

22 21 18

34 48 41

1 15 16

21 22

16 13 43 45

47 46

36 11 12 9

45 37 38 39 40

47 46

81 82 83

108

18 19 20 21

78 79 80

84 85 28

CTL

IC272

24 27 33 40 17,18

CCD IMAGER

4 8 6 7 9

11 10

3 13 14

CCD OUT

V2 V3 V4 RG

H2 H1

CAM-7.0V

VSHT

CAM 15V

CN2191

Q2191

CN271

CD-354 BOARD

IC2191

CCD OUT

V1 V2 V3 V4

H2 H1 VL

SHT

VDD

(4-8)

V1 V2 V3 V4 RG

H2 H1

CAM-7.0V

CAM 15V

D 2.8V

H2 H1

CAM DD ON

S VIDEO

OUT

A/V OUT

J201

S-Y I/O

Y I/O

S-C I/O

C I/O

XS JACK IN

VIDEO I/O

AUDIO I/O L

V JACK IN

CN702

(4-25)

(4-34)

(PAGE 4-45)

TIMING GENERATOR

VDD1 VDD6 VDD2

VSHT

V2 V1 V3 V4

VDD3

VDD4

H2 H1 RG

DSGAT

CLPDM

XSHP XSHD

PBLK

XSG1

XV1

VGAT

SYSCK

VICK

CHCK

OSC 0

OSC 1

AHD AVD SSK

SSI

XVC SCK VC SO

VC SI

SEN RST

SSO

V STOP

MCK

ADCK

X271

28.6363MHz (CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

28.375MHz (CCD-TR848)

XCS IC151

XRST IC151

CK CONT1

CK CONT2

PB C RF

(4-25)

S/H,AGC,A/D CONVERTER

PBLK

CLPDM

XSHP XSHD

CDS/

PXGA

CLP

LINE

CAM LINE

AGC

A/D

CONV.

TIMING

ADCLK

ADCK

AVDD

DVDD

DRVDD HDRST SYS V

A 2.8V A 2.8V A 2.8V

D-AGC

CLPOB

AD1-AD10

XCH SCK

CH SO XCS CH

XRST IC151

SYS V

PB C RF

CLP1

MCK CL ADCK

XSG1 XV1 ID PBLK V STOP

AHD AVD

IC151 C OUT

IC151 Y OUT

XCH SCK

(IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 )

(IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 )

(IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 )

(IC503 ) (IC503 ) (IC503 )

CH SO XCS CH

SYS V XRST IC151 XCS IC151 CK CONT1 CK CONT2

XVC SCK VC SO VC SI

V JACK IN XS JACK IN CAM DD ON

(IC503 )

VOUT ON

VTR/CAMERA CONTROL

MODE CONTROL

CAMERA/VIDEO(2)

VC-272 BOARD

IC271

IC2301

11 10

9 8 6

4 5

2 1

(PAGE 3-9)

VIDEO OUT

(PAGE

3-11)

(PAGE

3-16)

FP-397

(FLEXIBLE)

16 13

VCC 1

VCC 2

A 4.75V A 4.75V

75Ω DRIVER

6dB AMP

BUFFER

Y/C MIX 75ΩDRIVER

75Ω DRIVER

LPF

Q2302, Q2304 (1/2)

Q2303, Q2304 (2/2)

Q2301 (1/2)

Q2301 (2/2)

Q2305

MUTE A

VOUT ON

IC2191 3

IC2191 4

5.4Vp-p

17.5Vp-p

IC2191 7

2.0Vp-p

IC2191 q;

IC2191 1

5.3Vp-p

20 msec

19.0Vp-p

105nsec

IC271 waws REC

3.2Vp-p

20msec

IC271 wk REC

17.5Vp-p

3.4Vp-p

IC2191 qdqf

105 nsec

IC2191 2

17.5Vp-p

20 msec

IC271 wg REC

5.4Vp-p

IC272 ef PB

0.5Vp-p

69.8nsec

IC271 qa REC/PB

2.8Vp-p

20msec

IC271 wh REC

17.5Vp-p

5.3Vp-p

IC271 ea REC

IC2301 qs REC/PB

2Vp-p

IC2301 qg REC/PB (S-Y OUT)

IC2301 2 REC/PB

1.0Vp-p

IC2301 7 REC/PB

0.7Vp-p

IC2301 9 REC/PB(S-C OUT)

1.5Vp-p

IC272 qh REC/PB

3.2Vp-p

14.318 MHz

34.9nsec (TR648E/TR748E)

35.24nsec (TR848)

IC271 5 REC/PB

3.8Vp-p

0.3Vp-p

IC272 eh

IC272 e; REC

1.9Vp-p

3-3. CAMERA/VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

3-7 3-8

Page 52

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

3-4. CAMERA/VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)

VC-272 BOARD

PB C RF

VTR Y/C PROCESS,ATF,FOCUS/ZOOM MOTOR CONTROL

AD IN 9

187

Q151

VCO

3.0Vp-p

MCK

V STOP

FSC

0.4Vp-p

196

183

185

198

164 81

166 168 171 172 167

169 170

53 67

148 149 150 151 152 153 159 161 162

213

27 34 37 14 17 24

75 74 76

IC151 wf REC/PB

AD IN 0

CLP1

ADCK

CCDCKL

VCK MCK

XSG1 XV1

ID PBLK VGAT

AHD AVD

AMPO OSCI

OFSC

ENO DIR0B DIROA DIR1A DIR1B

EN1 IRIS COM FC RST ZM RST

C OUT

Y OUT

PANEL HD PANEL VD

PANEL SYNC

D/A

ENCODER D/A CONV

IC151 4 REC/PB

(PAGE 3-19)

PANEL XHD PANEL XVD

EVF R EVF G

EVF B

0.6Vp-p

BW Y

NOT USE

CAMERA/VIDEO(1)

(PAGE 3-8)

(CCD–TR648E/TR748E)

PANEL XHD

PANEL XVD

(CCD–TR848)

16 15 17

CN705

CN701

Q152

BUFFER

Q153

BUFFER

Q154

BUFFER

AD1 - AD10

CLP1

IC151 ia REC/PB

MCK CL ADCK

XSG1 XV1 ID PBLK V STOP

AHD AVD

AFC FO(IC402)

AFC FO ADJ(IC601)

IC151 <xzc REC/PB

IC151 C OUT

IC151 Y OUT

69.8nsec

Q159 (1/2)

BUFFER

Q159 (2/2)

IC151 qf REC/PB

VTR/CAMERA

CONTROL

(PAGE 3-9)

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

DOP(IC101 )

PB ATF+C

460mVp-p

IC151 rl PB

IC151 7 REC/PB

50 nsec/div

IC151 ta PB

VI HDO

VI VDO

IC151 ig REC/PB

50 nsec/div

0.4Vp-p

33.3msec

0.4Vp-p

IC153

CHARACTER GENERATOR

XHSYNC

XVSYNC

OSC

BLKC

BLKB

VC3

BLKA

VC2

VC1

VC0

MODE CONTROL

(PAGE 3-16)

2.8Vp-p

(4-28)

CLK XCS

DATA

XPCL

(IC503 )

(IC503 ) (IC503 ) (IC503 )

1 2 3 4

(IC601)

45 44 46

REC RF(Y+C+AFT)

RF AGC OUT

XOSD SCK

XCS OSD

XSYS RST

OSD SO

XCS OSD

XOSD SCK

CAM

FOCUS/

ZOOM

MOTOR

CONTROL

RGB

460mVp-p

(4-28)

IC151

CAMERA Y/C PROCESS

CAMERA

Y/C

PROCESS

VTR Y/C

PROCESS

XSCKSOSI

XCS

XRST

95 96 97 98 99

XCS IC151

XRST IC151

ATF

PB C IN

REC Y

REC C

REC ATF

D/A

A/D

PB ATF

A/D

IC151 qj REC/PB

REC RF

Y RF IN

D/A

DOP IN

ATF IN

YMO0

YMO7

CMO0

CMO3

VI HDO

VI VDO VI FLD0

TBC VD

CGCK OSD L ON OSD R ON

COLOR4

OSD P ON

COLOR3 COLOR2 COLOR1

JOG VD

1/2 SWP

SWP DIR

XSG V RST

AFT SAMPLE

SYS V

MECHA FLD

MECHA HD

MECHA VD

CK CONT2

XTBC V RST

CK CONT1

139 137 134 132 129 127 124 122

112 114 117 119

146 144 142

158

179 182 181 177 180 176 175 174

83 84 85 86 87 88 89 93

94 100 157 101

RF AGC CONT

PB C RF

TBC VD

OSD SO

VI VDO

XRF AGC OFF

IC101 qf PB

(IC402)

50 nsec/div

Q105,107

AGC SLOW

0.4Vp-p

IC101 1 REC

IC601

D/A CONVERTER

REC Y/MT CONT

A 2.8V

324nsec

(4-42)

(EVR)

REC L CONT

XRF AGC OFR

XMP/ME

DOC DET

RF AGC CONT

AFC FO ADJ FREQ TUNE

CFG DUTY

REC BIAS

HALL REF

HALL GAIN

HALL OFFSET

1.5M DEV AU BPF

A FADE

XVC SCK

DA STB

1 2

A 4.75V

MT FO

RP IR

VC SO

MT Q

SWP

Y/C/ATF IN

PB Y

AGC TC

RF AGC IN

5 4 3 6

7 26 25 24 23 22

19 18 17

9 10

27 28 15

(4-32)

IC101

REC/PB AMP

220mVp-p

IC101 wj,ef REC

22 23

50 nsec/div

(IC601)

RP IR

REC AMP

AMP

DOC DET

346 47 713

MTQ

MT FO

REC Y/MT CONT

FSC

REC AFM PB RF

1.5M DEV

AU BPF A FADE

CFG DUTY

VC RF SWP

SWP DIR

SYS V

X1/2 SWP

XCS IC151 XRST IC151

XVC SCK VC SO VC SI

RP PB MODE XFE ON

CK CONT1 XTBC V RESET MECHA VD TBC VD MECHA HD MECHA FLD XSG V RST CK CONT2 DA STB ATF SAMPLE AFC FO

HALL GAIN HALL REF HALL OFFSET

DOP VIVDO

AGC SLOW BOTH REC JOG VD

38 39

(IC402 )

(IC402 ) (IC402 )

(IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 )

(IC402 )

(IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 )

(IC402 )

(IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 )

108

19 18

78 79 80

46 49

20 107 118 113 112 111

VTR/CAMERA CONTROL 45 21

110

44 85

114

54 55 59

XFE ON

CN101 qh, Q101 C REC

138 nsec

AUDIO

(PAGE 3-17)

SERVO

(PAGE 3-14)

(PAGE 3-11)

GCA,

MIX AMP

AGC

LPF

14 1 4116 8 1248 15 19

PB RF

REC AFM

(IC402)BOTH REC

(IC402)RP PB MODE

DOP

(IC151 )

REC L CONT

AFC FO (Q151)

Q101-103

FLYING ERASE

OSC

3.0Vp-p

7.6Vp-p

PB RF

REC RF

RF SWP

CN101

9 7 5

CN713

CPC

(FOR CHECK)

VIDEO HEAD

CH SP1

CH SP2

FLYING ERASE

460mVp-p

3-9 3-10

Page 53

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

3-5. VTR/CAMERA CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM

VC-272 BOARD

SI-033 BOARD

M904

IRIS

METER

ZOOM LENS

UNIT

NIGHT SHOT

ZOOM

SENSOR

FOCUS

SENSOR

M906

ZOOM

MOTOR

M905

FOCUS

MOTOR

TEMP COM

TEMP OUT

DRIVE(+)

DRIVE(-)

NIGHT SHOT

BIAS(+)

HALL(-)

HALL(+)

BIAS(-)

FC SENSE

SENSE VCC

ZM SENSE

FC SENSE

ZM XA

ZM A

ZM XB

ZM B

FC XA

FC XB

(PAGE 4-17)

SE750

PITCH

SENSOR

SE751

YAW

SENSOR

4 2 1

CN752

CN703

LIA1

VREF1

LIA2

VREF2

LPF

A 2.8V

(4-30)

(1/4)

D 2.8V

IC302

IRIS DRIVE

(4-30)

IC302

HALL BIAS CONTROL

(4-30)

IC302

HALL GAIN CONTROL

OUT 3B

OUT 3A

OUT 4B

OUT 4A

OUT 1A

OUT 1B

OUT 2A

OUT 2B

(2/4)

3 2

12 13

(4/4)

(4-29)

IC301

ZOOM

MOTOR

DRIVE

FOCUS

MOTOR

DRIVE

VM1 VM23 VM4 VDD

1 20 8 24

CN301

15 16

23 21

18 19

GND

VCC

OUT

5 8 6 7

FC A

4 1

FC B

3 2

Q302(1/2)

Q303

Q302(2/2)

D 2.8V

Q301

DRIVE

ZM RST SENS

FC RST LED

ZM RST LED

FC RST SENS

(4-38)

IC901

PITCH/YAW SENSOR AMP

8 2

LIA1

VREF1

LIA2

(4-30)

IC302

HALL AMP

5 6

HALL GAIN HALL OFFSET HALL REF

EN4

IN4

EN3

14 13

IN3

EN2

IN2

EN1

IN1

D 2.8V MT 4.75V

OUT1

CRST

OUT2

VCCVREF2

LPF

(3/4)

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

IC402 1 REC/PB

2.3Vp-p

50 nsec

XCH SCK

CH SO

PITCH AD

VST C RESET

YAW AD

A 2.8V

LENS TEMP AD

IRIS PWM

LENS FILTER ON SW

HALL AD

FC RST )(IC151

IRIS COM (IC151 )

EN1 )(IC151

(IC151

EN0

(IC151

DIR0B

(IC151

DIR0A

18HALL GAIN (IC601 ) 17HALL OFFSET (IC601 ) 19HALL REF (IC601 )

162ZM RST )(IC151 161

159

153 152DIR1B )(IC151

151DIR1A )(IC151

148 149

150

) )

)

CAMERA/VIDEO(1)

(PAGE 3-8)

MODE CONTROL

(PAGE 3-16)

(PAGE 3-18)

CAMERA/VIDEO(2/2)

(PAGE 3-10)

CAMERA/VIDEO(2/2)

(PAGE 3-10)

CAMERA/VIDEO(2/2)

(PAGE 3-9)

AUDIO

XCS CH

SYS V

XRST IC151

XCS IC151

CK CONT1 CK CONT2

VC SI

VC SO

XVC SCK

XCC DOWN

DEW AD

ZOOM VR AD

XSYS RST

XCS VC

HI SO

HI SI

XHI SCK

SYS V

VC RF SWP

XCS AU

VC SI

VC SO

VC SCK

VC SI

VC SO

XVC SCK

XCS IC151

SYS V

VC RF SWP

JOG VD

SWP DIR

BOTH REC

RP PB MODE

XFE ON

X1/2 SWP

XTBC V RESET

XRST IC151

MECHA VD

TBC VD

MECHA HD

MECHA FLD

CK CONT2

XSG V RST

DA STB

VIVDO

CK CONT1

AFC FO

ATF SAMPLE

AGC SLOW

RB404

D 2.8V

DOP

DODIXCS 3 2

XSCK 8

VCC

D 2.8V

VST C RESET

VIVDO

IC401

EEPROM

X401

20MHz

RST

1627

(4-37)

VDD

100

AVDD

101

AVRH

120

VDD

XCH SCK

CH SO

XCS CH

XRST VC

XCS VC

HI SO

HI SI

HI SCK

108

SYSV

LENS FILTER ON SW

ZM RST LED

FC RST LED

VST C CHARGE

ZM RST SENS

YAW AD

PITCH AD

IRIS PWM

LENS TEMP AD

HALL AD

FC RST SENS

PLA/GLASS

XCS IC151

104

XCS AU

VC SI

VC SO

XVC SCK

BOTH REC

CK CONT1

CK CONT2

RP PB MODE

XFE ON

X1/2 SWP

SWP

107

XTBC RESET

XRST IC151

118

MECHA VD

113

TBC VD

112

MECHA HD

111

MECHA FLD

114

MEM VD

XSG V RST

110

DA STB

XCS EEPROM

XWE EEPROM

(4-38)

IC402

VTR/CAMERA CONTROL

IC402 rj REC/PB

33.3 ms

(1/2)

UN LOAD

LOAD

LM LIM CONT

XLM LIM ON

M SW C M SW B M SW A

TAPE TOP

TAPE END

S REEL FG AD

T REEL FG AD

TAPE LED ON

XREEL HALL ON

ME SW

HI8 MP SW

REC PROOF

2.9Vp-p

V LIGHT PWM

ATF SAMPLE

AFC FO

AGC SLOW

ZOOM SW AD

XCS EVF D/A

EVF VG

EVF DO ON

JOG VD

LCD HOLD

XCS LCD DA

M2100 MECHA DECK

(PAGE 4-24)

(4-36)

IC451

MT 4.75V

D 2.8V

WAVE

SHAPER

WAVE

SHAPER

LED

DRIVE

TOP IN END IN

Q451

OUT1

OUT2

(1/6)

M903

MODE SWITCH

Q001

TAPE TOP

SENSOR

Q002

TAPE END

SENSOR

MOTOR

S901

DEW

SENSOR

H002

S REEL

SENSOR

H001

T REEL

SENSOR

S001

REC PROOF

S002

C. C. LOCK SW

D001

TAPE LED

CN704

CN707

CN712 45 46

35 36

39 38

CN702

CN705

CN701

LM(+)

LM(-)

M SW(C)

M SW(B)

M SW(A)

DEW

TAPE TOP(C)

TAPE END(C)

TAPE LED(A)

SENSOR VCC

S REEL(-)

S REEL(+)

T REEL(-)

T REEL(+)

HALL COM

TAPE LED(K)

ME/MP

HI8 MP

REC PROOF

C LOCK SW

19 20

FP-397(FLEXIBLE)

(PAGE 4-45)

XCS EVF D/A

VC SO

XVC SCK EVF VG

6 10

NOT USE

9 11

19 20 21

4 5

11 12 10

6 3 7

VIDEO LIGHT

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

EVF (FP-401)

(PAGE 3-19)

LOADING MOTOR DRIVE

VTR UNREG

33 32 29 30

37 36 35

D 2.8V

DEW AD

9 56 55 50 49

VCC2 VCC1 DEC2 DEC1 LIMIT ENABLE LIMIT OUT

(4-36)

IC451

41 42

(2/6)

TAPE TOP/END DETECT

TOP OUT

END OUT

(4-36)

IC451

38 40 39

DOP

44 85

59 60 12

SREEL FG

TREEL FG

XCC DOWN

(3/6)

VL UNREG

VIDEO LIGHT

DRIVE

Q702,703

3-11 3-12

Page 54

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

68 25

50 26 62 61

79 78

47 44

85 87

97 95

69 28

14 15

21 22

11 10

9 42 63 6

5 2

61 59 57

30 32

64 25

115

117

116

109

118 111

120 101 100

27 28

33 34

VC-272 BOARD

IC402

IC451

IC001

IC151

IC101

CAMERA/VIDEO(2) BLOCK

IC451

IC452

M2100 MECHA DECK

(4-38)

(2/2)

SERVO

DRUM SERVO

CAPSTAN SERVO

DRUM PWM

DRUM FG

DRUM PG

CAP PWM

CAP FG

VTR/CAMERA CONTROL

CFG HMS

VDD AVRH A VDD VDD VDD

ATF SAMPLE

SWP

XVC SCK

VC SO

VC SI

XCS IC151

MECHA FLD

MECHA VD

CAP FWD

CAP ON

DRUM ON

DRUM START

DRUM BRAKE

REC Y RF

REC C RF

ATF

REC ATF

PB ATF

D/A

A/D

(4-28)

REC RF

PB C RF

(4-32)

REC/PB

AMP

VIDEO HEAD

CH SP1

CH SP2

LPF

PROTECT

(4-36)

LPF

(4/6)

0.25V

DRUM ERROR

CAP ERROR

VTR D/D ON

(IC503 )

OSC

PWM

SWITCHING

DRIVE

SWITCHING

DRIVE

OUTPUT VCC 56

(4-43)

DRUM/CAPSTAN PWM DRIVE

MT UNREG

Q012

SWITCING

Q011

SWITCING

L005

L006

DRUM VS

DRUM ON

DRUM START

VTR UNREG

D 2.8V

VCC1

VCC2

COM

STBY

CONTROL

LOGIC

DRUM MOTOR DRIVE

(4-36)

(5/6)

OUTPUT

DRIVE

BUFFER

OUTPUT

DRIVE

SELSLP2

R458-460

DRUM DRIVE

CURRENT SENS

DRUM FG/PG WAVE SHAPER

(4-36)

(4-35)

(6/6)

DRUM FG

DRUM PG

WAVE

SHAPER

LPF

V REF

WAVE SHAPER

CN706

COM

FG-PG-COM

M901

DRUM MOTOR

(1/2)

M902

CAPSTAN MOTOR

CAP U

CAP V

CAP W

VH+

VH-

CAPSTAN MOTOR DRIVE

VCC 2

U IN 1

U IN 2

V IN 1 V IN 2

W IN 1 W IN 2

STBY

FRC

POWER

OFF

POWER

VH–

FG VCC

(2/2)

CAPSTAN FG

WAVE SHAPER

CN707

AN FG

CAP VS

VTR UNREG

D 2.8V

CAP ON

CAP FWD

RF SWP

CAP FG

CFG DUTY

(IC601 )

CAMERA/VIDEO(2)

CN713

CPC

(FOR CHECK)

(PAGE 3-10)

(PAGE 4-24)

X401

20MHz

D 2.8V

120ϒ

LOGIC

DRUM BRAKE

BRAKE

16 17

18 19

20 21

HU 1 HU 2

HV 1 HV 2

HW 1 HW 2

HU 1 HU 2 HV 1 HV 2 HW 1 HW 2

FG 2

FG 1

VCC 2

13 14

9 10

11 12

815

16 17 18 19

20 21

7 6 5 4 3 2

13 14

11 12

IC402 1 REC/PB

2.3Vp-p

50 nsec

IC402 rj REC/PB

2.9Vp-p

33.3 ms

IC451 wk REC/PB

100mVp-p

13 µsec

IC451 wg REC/PB

80mVp-p

13 µsec

IC001 tk REC/PB

0.75Vp-p

2.4 µsec

IC001 yf REC/PB

0.75Vp-p

2.4 µsec

IC451 tj,tl,ya REC/PB

1.3Vp-p

5.6 msec

IC451 qh REC/PB

2.8Vp-p

5.6 msec

IC451 ws REC/PB

2.8Vp-p

33.3 msec

3-6. SERVO BLOCK DIAGRAM

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

3-13 3-14

Page 55

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

3-7. MODE CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM

CF-088 BOARD

S007

EASY

DUBBING

S002

TIME

S003

EXPOSURE

(4-22)

IC001

LCD DRIVE

COM1

COM4

SEG1

SEG16

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(FK-2000)

(PAGE 4-40)

XCS

C/XD

SCK

VDD

S007

( )

D2.8V

RV001

ZOOM

LCD 902

LCD

INDICATOR

S008

COUNTER

RESET

S004 DATE

S011

FOCUS

1 2

20 18

CN002

S010

BACK LIGHT

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

PLAY

( )

STOP

S005

( )

S005

SEL/PUSH

EXEC

DIAL

S006 TITLE

S009 FADER

S002

VIDEO LIGHT

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

REW

( )

S001

EJECT

S001

BZ001

BUZZER

XCS LCD DRIVER

LCD COM/XDATA

S006S008S009

PAUSE

( )

BT001 LITHIUM BATTERY

OSD SO

XOSD SCK

EVER 3V

CN001

S013

RESET

9 10

7 6 5 4 3

D2.8V

LI 3V

DIAL A DIAL B

KEY AD 3

KEY AD 2

KEY AD 4

BEEP

KEY AD0

KEY AD1

ZOOM VR

XHI RESET

XEJECT SW

IC503 r;

16 17 18 19 20

EVER 3.0V

CN709

CN710

REC/PB

IC503 td REC/PB

50 nsec

30.5 µsec

4.0Vp-p

Q503 (2/2)

MOD

3.2Vp-p

X501

20MHz

X502

32.768kHz

DIAL A

DIAL B

KEY AD2

KEY AD3

KEY AD4

20MHz OUT

20MHz IN

32kHz IN

32kHz OUT

XCS LCD DRIVER

LCD COM/XDATA

KEY AD0

MELODY ENV

KEY AD1

MELODY

XEJECT SW

IC503

MODE CONTROL

(4-39)

AVDD

XRESET

BATT IN

ACV SENS

BATT SENS

XCS VC

SYS V

XCC DOWN

HI SO

XHI SCK

XTALLY LED

VC-272 BOARD

IC502

(4-39)

INITIAL RESET,

42 51

VDD

86 87

91 90

3 64 92

DEW

HI SI

34 35

BACKUP VCC

V OUT

RESET

V BAT

PREND

V IN

EVER 3.0V

VRO

LI 3V

D503

D501

CN705

BATT UNREG (F001)

VTR UNREG (F002)

XSYS RST XCS VC SYS V DEW AD XCC DOWN

HI SI

HI SO XHI SCK ZOOM VR AD

XSYS RST XTALLY LED

POWER REFER TO POWER(1/2)

VTR/CAMERA CONTROL

(PAGE 3-11)

EVF (FPF-401)

(PAGE 3-19)

PAGE 3-22

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (SS-1000)

(PAGE 4-40)

D750 (NIGHT SHOT)

Q750

LED DRIVE

3-15 3-16

S001

POWER

CAMERA

OFF(CHG)

PLAYER

REMOTE

COMMANDER

RECEIVER

IC750

(4-17)

START/STOP

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

S002

D752

(TALLY)

CN752

SIRCS PWM/ NS L ON

XCAM+STBY SW

XVTR MODE SW

XS/S SW

XSIRCS SIG

XFTALLY LED

(FOR CHECK)

CN713

CPC

CN711

CN703

11 12

LANC OUT

LANC IN LANC POWER ON

Q502,Q503 (1/2)

D502

SIRCS PWM

MELODY

XCAM+STBY SW

XVTR MODE SW

XS/S SW

SIRCS ENV

XSIRCS SIG

4 6

XF TALLY LED

NS LIGHT ON

LANC OUT

LANC IN

XLANC PWR ON

XSYS RST

XCS OSD

OSD SO

XOSD SCK

V JACK IN

XS JACK IN

VOUT ON VOUT ON

CAM DD ON

IB SO

INIT CHARGE ON

FAST CHARGE

BATT/XEXT

VTR DD ON

IB SI

25 50 66

BLOCK

Q501

I/F

XSYS RST

XCS OSD OSD SO XOSD SCK V JACK IN XS JACK IN CAM DD ON

BATT SIG

CAM DD ON

INIT CHARGE ON FAST CHARGE BATT/XEXT SW VTR DD ON

CAMERA/VIDEO(2)

(PAGE 3-10)

CAMERA/VIDEO(1)

(PAGE 3-8)

POWER REFER TO POWER(1/2)

PAGE 3-22

Page 56

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

3-8. AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM

VC-272 BOARD

CN713

BPF MON

CPC

(FOR CHECK)

PB RF

CAMERA/VIDEO(2)

(PAGE 3-10)

A FADE

(IC601 )

PB RF

(IC101 )

AU BPF

(IC601 )

1.5M DEV

(IC601 )

REC AFM

(IC101 )

(IC151 )

FSC

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

(4-41)

IC351

AFM PROCESS

932

(4-41)

IC251

MIC(L)

IR(L)

LINE(R)

HP(R)

63 12 19

PB 1.5M

BPF

PB 1.7M

1.5M DEV

REC RF

FSC

MOD/DEMOD

MTX

AGC

MIC AMP

Q355

(2/2)

MIC L

SI-033 BOARD

(PAGE 4-17)

1161

CN751CN752CN703

MIC

MIC901

Q355(1/2)

ON/OFF

VC SO

XVC SCK

XCS AU

VC RF SWP XCS AU VC SI VC SO VC SCK

(IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 ) (IC402 )

47 104 80 79 78

VTR/CAMERA CONTROL

(PAGE 3-11)

CN702

AUDIO L I/O

FP-397

(PAGE 4-45)

(FLEXIBLE)

VIDEO I/O

J201

A/V OUT

POWER MUTE

MUTE SWITCH

SP+

SP-

BUS

DECODER

ST/MONO

DET

20 24 31 60 41 46 48

AU 2.8V

AU 4.75V

VC SI

VC RF SWP

SPEAKER

AMP

SP VCC

MT 4.75V

3-17 3-18

Page 57

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

3-9. EVF BLOCK DIAGRAM

BW Y

EVF R

CAMERA/VIDEO2

(VC-272)

(PAGE 3-9)

EVF G

EVF B

PANEL XVD

PANEL XHD

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

IC2001 rk

VF-150 BOARD

IC2001 rj

FP-401

0.4Vp-p

(FLEXIBLE)

IC2001 rh

0.4Vp-p

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

(CCD-TR848E)

CN2001

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

0.4Vp-p

47 46

XSCK

39 40

SI XCS

EXT DA

30 32 33 2 3 4 5 11

FRP

BLK

BGP

40 39 37 35 34 33 32 29 27 26 25 28

42 XSCK 44 XCS 45 SO 46

XCLR

48 XVD

1HD

(4-13)

IC2001

LCD DRIVE

SHR

SHG

SHB

SHA

(4-13)

IC2002

TIMING GENERATOR

78910

VCO

VCC1 VCC2 VCC3

COM OUT

COM IN

45 38

XP.SAVE

BLK HCK1 HCK2

RGT

DWN

VCK

VST

IC2001 w;

7.5Vp-p

42 25 15

22 24

XC.SAVE

24 23 22 21HST 20 18 17

16STB 15 14

EVF 2.8V EVF 13.3V

LPF

IC2001 wf

IC2001 ws

7.4Vp-p

COM

LCD903

BLK

HCK1

HCK2

HST

RGT

DWN

STB

VCK

VST

LCD

PANEL

VTR/CAMERA

CONTROL

(VC-272)

(PAGE 3-12)

POWER

(VC-272)

REFER TO POWER(2/2)

PAGE 3-24

CN713

CPC

(FOR CHECK)

15 14

VC-272 BOARD

(PAGE 4-46)

MODE

CONTROL

(VC-272)

(PAGE 3-16)

XCS EVF DA

EVF 13.3V

EVF 4.75V

VCO EVF VG

XSYS RST

XTALLY LED

XVC SCK

VC SO

EVF VG

EVF 2.8V

CN705

9 8

LED ON/OFF LED DA

VCO VG

LED ON/OFF LED DA

CN7701

EVF 13.3V

EVF 2.8V

EVF 4.75V

(4-10)

IC7701

LED DRIVE

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

Q7701,7702

D7701 (TALLY)

IC2002 1

D7702 (EVF BACKLIGHT)

18 17

18 19

2 1

1 2

6 5

HDO

IC2002 wh

3.1Vp-p

91nsec

2.2Vp-p

VDD

LED

19VDD 43

EVF 2.8V

EVF 13.3V

CN2002

VDD

LB-073 BOARD

3-19 3-20

Page 58

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

3-10.POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)

VC-272 BOARD

BT901

BATTERY

TERMINAL

DC IN

BATT UNREG

BATT SIG

BATT GND

BATT/EXT

ACV UNREG

ACV GND

CN001

Q001,002

F004

F003

F002

Q003,004

CHARGE

CONTROL

MT UNREG

VTR UNREG

(4-43)

(1/2)

IC001

DC/DC CONVERTER

OUTPUT-1

VCC

OUTPUT MONITOR-1

OUTPUT-4

OUTPUT MONITOR-4

OUTPUT VCC 7

OUTPUT VCC 1.2.3

COMP

OUTPUT-3

BL UNREG

BATT/EXT SW

BATT UNREG

INIT CHARGE ON

FAST CHAREG

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

BATT SIG

F001

Q014–016

4.75V REG

D006(1/2)

D007(2/2)

D007(1/2)

L008 D 2.8V

L009 A 2.8V

L010

AU 2.8V

FB001 EP 2.8V

D006(2/2)

RECT

EMERGENCY

DETECT

Q018

Q020,022,023

+15V REG

Q019,021

-7.0V REG

Q010

SWITCHING

Q009

SWITCHING

Q007

SWITCHING

L004

L007

L011

T001

BATT SIG

BATT/XEXT SW

FAST CHARGE

INIT CHARGE ON

BATT UNREG

VL UNREG

MT 4.75V

VTR UNREG

D 2.8V

A 2.8V

AU 2.8V

EP 2.8V

D 1.5V

CAM -7.0V

CAM 15V

CAM DD ON

POWER(2/2)

(PAGE 3-23)

OUTPUT-2

STANDBY-3

STANDBY

VREF

Q008

SWITCHING

L002

29 30

SERVO BLOCK

Q011,012 DRUM VS

CAP VS

SWITCHING

L012 EVF PANEL 4.75V

L013 AU 4.75V

L014 A 4.75V

L016 RP 4.75V

+13.3V REG

Q073

L017

EP 13.3V

EVF PANEL 4.75V

AU 4.75V

A 4.75V

RP 4.75V

VTR DD ON

OUTPUT MONITOR-3

OUTPUT MONITOR-2

DRUM/CAPSTAN

PWM DRIVE

OUTPUT VCC 4.5.6

3-21 3-22

Page 59

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

3-11.POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)

VC-272 BOARD

BATT SIG

BATT/XEXT SW FAST CHARGE

INIT CHARGE ON

BATT UNREG

VL UNREG

MT 4.75V

VTR UNREG

D 2.8V

A 2.8V

AU 2.8V

D 1.5V

POWER(1)

(PAGE

3-22)

CAM -7.0V

CAM 15V

EP 2.8V

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

(4-39)

IC503

MODE CONTROL

XVTR MODE SW

XCAM+STBY SW

BATT SENS

ACV SENS

Q501

51 77

VDD 86 87

RESET 61

BATT IN

I/F

IB SI 49

IB SO

INIT CHARGE ON

CAM DD ON

VTR DD ON

FAST CHARGE

BATT/EXT

28 29

50 66

(4-25)

IC272

S/H.AGC.

A/D CONV.

(4-25)

IC271

TIMING

GENERATOR

D501

(4-34)

IC2301

VIDEO

OUT

AMP

(4-42)

IC601

D/A CONV. (EVR)

V IN

V BATT

IC502

V OUT

RESET

VRO

(4-39)

INITIAL RESET, BACKUP VCC

(4-28)

IC153

CHARACTER GENERATOR

VL UNREG MT 4.75V D 2.8V A 2.8V AU 2.8V

6 5

EVER 3.0V

8 4

CAMERA Y/C PROCESS,

VTR Y/C PROCESS,

FOCUS/ZOOM MOTOR

CONTROL

(4-28)

IC151

ATF,

Q151

AFC

(4-38)

IC901

PITCH/

YAW

SENSOR

AMP

CN709

CN710

CN711

CN703

S001

XCAM+STBY SW

XVTR MODE SW

CN001

CN752

XHI RESET

D 2.8V

A 2.8V

AU 2.8V

A 4.75V

LITHIUM BATTERY

BT001

S013

RESET

ZOOM VR

SWITCH

Q750

(4-22)

IC001

LCD INDICATOR DRIVE

NIGHT SHOT

LED

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(FK-2000)

(PAGE 4-40)

POWER

CAMERA

OFF(CHG)

PLAYER

CF-088 BOARD

(CCD– TR648E/TR748E)

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(SS-2000)

(PAGE 4-40)

(4-10)

IC750

REMOTE

COMMANDER

RECEIVER

PITCH, YAW

SENSOR

SE750,751

SI-033 BOARD

D 1.5V

EP 13.3V

EVF PANEL 4.75V

AU 4.75V

A 4.75V

BP 4.75V

CAM DD ON

VTR DD ON

CAPSTAN

MOTOR

DRIVE

IC452

(4-35)

CN712

T REEL, S REEL, SENSOR

R457R461,462

H001

H002

(4-38)

IC402

MECHA/CAMERA/SERVO

CONTROL

CN707

CAPSTAN

MOTOR

CAM -7.0V CAM 15V

EP 2.8V,EP 13.3V, EVF PANEL 4.75V

AU 4.75V

A 4.75V A 4.75V

BP 4.75V

ZOOM LENS

(4-30)

IC302

IRIS DRIVE HALL AMP

(4-29)

IC301

FOCUS/ZOOM MOTOR DRIVE

(4-8)

IC2191

CN271

CN2191

12 1

314

CCD

IMAGER

VL UNREG

Q702,703

V LIGHT PWM

CN702

VL UNREG

(4-37)

IC401

V LIGHT PWM

DRUM MOTOR

DRIVE,

MOTOR DRIVE,

SENSOR AMP

IC451

(4-36)

M902

M2100 MECHA DECK

(PAGE 4-24)

(4-32)

IC101

REC/PB

AMP

EEPROM

CN101

IC251

MIC

AMP

L103

L101

VIDEO

HEAD

IC351

AUDIO

PROCESS

SPEAKER

AMP

CN301

R306

24 15

(4-41)

CD-354 BOARD

VIDEO LIGHT DRIVE

20 19

CURRENT

LIMITER

FP-397

(PAGE 4-45)

Q704

(FLEXIBLE)

RFU DC OUT

EVF PANEL 4.75V

EP 13.3V

EP 2.8V

EP 13.3V

EP 2.8V

EVF PANEL 4.75V

2 1

VF-150 BOARD

FB2002

LB-073 BOARD

CN7701

IC2001

LCD

DRIVE

(4-13)

IC2002

TIMING

GENERATOR

(4-10)

IC7701

BACK LIGHT

DRIVE

(4-13)

LCD903

CN2002CN2001CN705

LCD

PANEL

VIDEO LIGHT

(CCD– TR648E/TR748E)

J202

RFU DC OUT

3-23 3-24E

Page 60

SECTION 4

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

3 12

41013

6 20

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

VIDEO LIGHT

FP-397

FLEXIBLE

J201

S VIDEO OUT

A/V OUT

RFU DC OUT

J202

CN702

VL_UNREG

UNREG_GND

XS_JACK_IN

S_C_I/O

REG_GND

S_Y_I/O

REG_GND

VIDEO_I/O

REG_GND

AUDIO_L_I/O

V_JACK_IN

REG_GND

N.C.

RF_DC_OUT

24P

CN301

20P

123456789

FC_A

FC_B

ZM_B

FC_XB

FC_XA

ZM_XB

ZM_XA

ZM_A

ZM_SENSE_VCC

SI-033 BOARD

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

D750

MIC

MIC901

IC750

SIRCS

N.S LIGHT

SE750

SE751

PITCH

YAW

SENSOR

INT_MIC_L

MIC_GND

CN751

(TALLY)

D752

16PCN752

XSIRCS_SIG

REG_GND

XF_TALLY_LED

SIRCS_PWM/NS_ON

MIC_GND

A_4.75V

D_2.8V

SE_GND

A_2.8V

16PCN703

VREF1

VREF2

LIA1

LIA2

MIC_R

MIC_L

FLEXIBLE

FP-418

MIC_L

MIC_R

MIC_GND

LIA2

A_2.8V

LIA1

VREF2

SE_GND

VREF1

SE_GND

SIRCS_PWM/IR_DRV_EM

XF_TALLY_LED

D_2.8V

REG_GND

XSIRCS_SIG

A_4.75V

HARNESS

LENS UNIT

101112131415161718192021222324

GND

TEMP

BIAS(-)

BIAS(+)

HALL(-)

HALL(+)

PLA/GLASS

FC_SENSE_VCC

FC_SENSE_OUT

ZM_SENSE_OUT

CONT(+)

NIGHT_SHOT

VC-272 BOARD(1/2)

1/11 CH BLOCK 2/11 CL BLOCK 3/11 LD BLOCK 4/11 RR BLOCK 5/11 IO BLOCK 6/11 SB BLOCK

10P

LM(-)

LM(+)

CN706

CN704

LM(-)

LM(+)

FG-PG_COM

COM

2345678

COM

XCAM+STBY_SW

XVTR_MODE_SW

REG_GND

XS/S_SW

REG_GND

178 15

CD-354 BOARD

CCD IMAGER

14P

FLEXIBLE

GND

Hv1

Hv2

Hv1

Hv2

CAM_-7.5V/-5.0V

V3H2V4

CCD_OUTH1GND

123456789

GND

VSHT

CAM_15V/12V

Hu1

Hu2

Coil-V

VH+

Coil-V

Coil-W

10111213141516171819202122

Hu1

Hu2

VH+

Coil-V

coil-W

Coil-W

Coil-U

Coil-W

GND

VSHTV1CAM_15V/12VV2GND

CN2191

1011121314

FP-400

987654321

1413121110

SP2Y

789

SP2(X)

SP2X

SP2(Y)

GND

CCD_OUT

14P

CAM_-7.5V/-5.0V

CN271

22PCN707

VH-

FE(X)

FE(Y)

GND

Hw2

1234567

22212019181716151413121110

VH-

Hw2

FE(X)

FE(Y)

Hw1

DRIVE(-)

DRIVE(+)

7/11 VC BLOCK 8/11 HI BLOCK 9/11 AU BLOCK 10/11 DD BLOCK 11/11 CN BLOCK

11PCN101

GND

SP1X

SP1Y

123

GND

SP1(X)

SP1(Y)

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(FK-2000)

S001,005~009,013

EJECT/ STOP/ PAUSE/ FF/ REW/ PLAY/RESET

12PCN710

CPC

(FOR CHECK)

DEW

VCC

Vo1

Vo2

GND(COM)

Coil-U

987654321

Coil-U

GND(COM)

Vcc

Vo1

Vo2

DEW

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

123456789

N.C.

D_2.8V

KEY_AD1

REG_GND

ZOOM_VR

XPHOTO_FREEZE

16P

CN713

N.C.

VCO

EVF_VG

XLANC_POWER_ON

LANC_IN

LANC_OUT

REG_GND

PB_RF

REG_GND

REC_RF

REG_GND

RF_SWP

CAP_FG

BPF_MONI

IR_VIDEO

N.C.

15P

ME/MP

C_LOCK_SW

HALL_COM

HI8_MP

REC_PROOF

CN712

234

56789

1514131211

ME/MP

HI8_MP

HALL_COM

REC_PROOF

C_LOCK_SW

S002

VIDEO LIGHT

101112

N.C.

KEY_AD0

REG_GND

XHI_RESET

XEJECT_SW

S_REEL(+)

T_REEL(+)

SENSOR_VCC

T_REEL(-)

REG_GND

S_REEL(-)

1011121314

987654321

REG_GND

T_REEL(-)

S_REEL(-)

T_REEL(+)

S_REEL(+)

SENSOR_VCC

RV001

ZOOM

TAPE_LED(K)

TAPE_LED(A)

TAPE_LED(K)

TAPE_END(C)

TAPE_TOP(C)

TAPE_END(C)

CN711

189

TO FH(2/2)

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (SS-2000)

S002

START/STOP

PLAYER

OFF(CHARGE)

CAMERA

19141125

S001

POWER

H001,002

T REEL SENSOR S REEL SENSOR

FP-302

FLEXIBLE

Q001

TAPE TOP

Q002

TAPE END

SENSOR

LOADING MOTOR

M903

FG/PG

M901 DRUM MOTOR

VIDEO

SP1

SP2

HEAD

FP-228

FLEXIBLE

M902

CAPSTAN MOTOR

FP-299

FLEXIBLE

DEW SENSOR

MR SENSOR

S901

MODE SWITCH

FP-300

FLEXIBLE

LS-057 BOARD

S001 REC PROOF ME/MP Hi8 MP

S002 C.C.LOCK

FP-301

FLEXIBLE

D001

TAPE LED

M2100 MECHANISM DECK

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)

4-1 4-2

Page 61

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2)

CN002

20P

1COM4

2COM3

3SEG15

4SEG16

5SEG14

6SEG13

7SEG12

8SEG11

9SEG1

10SEG10

11SEG9

12SEG8

13SEG7

14SEG2

15SEG6

16SEG5

17SEG4

18SEG3

19COM2

20COM1

LCD902

CHARACTER DISPLAY

1189

CF-088 BOARD

46 14

S005

SEL/PUSH EXEC

(LITHIUM BATTERY)

S001~004,006~011

MENU/TIME/EXPOSURE/DATE/ TITLE/EASY DUBBING/ COUNTER RESET/FADER/ BACK LIGHT/FOCUS

BT001

(BUZZER)

BZ001

22PCN001

D_2.8V

KEY_AD2

KEY_AD1

DIAL_B11DIAL_A

KEY_AD2

7 XCS_LCD_DRIVER

6 LCD_COM/XDATA

5 OSD_SO

4 XOSD_SCK

3 EVER_3.0V

2 DISP_BL/EL_BL

1 REG_GND

D_2.8V

XHI_RESET

KEY_AD4

22 SP+(BEEP)

REG_GND

21 SP-

20 LI_3V

19 KEY_AD0

KEY_AD3

1325

FP-417

22P

CN709

1SP+(BEEP)

2SP-

3LI_3V

4KEY_AD0

REG_GND

KEY_AD4

XHI_RESET

VC-272 BOARD(2/2)

D_2.8V

KEY_AD3

FLEXIBLE

D_2.8V

KEY_AD2

KEY_AD1

DIAL_B12DIAL_A

16XCS_LCD_DRIVER

KEY_AD2

17LCD_COM/XDATA

18OSD_SO

19XOSD_SCK

20EVER_3.0V

21DISP_BL/EL_BL

REG_GND

LED_ON/OFF

LED_DA

REG_GND

EVF_2.8V

EVF_13.3V

XSYS_RST

REG_GND

XCS_EVF

XHI_SCK

HI_SO

PANEL_XHD

PANEL_XVD

EVF_G/BW_Y

EVF_R

EVF_B

VCO

18PCN2001

VF-150 BOARD

CN2002

16P

VDD

VSS

VST

VCK

DWN

HCK2

HCK1

COM

STB

RGT

HST

BLK

LCD903

COLOR (CCD-TR848)

B/W (CCD-TR648E/ TR748E)

LCD UNIT

CN705

20P

EVF_G/BW_Y

PANEL_XVD

PANEL_XHD

XTALLY_LED

EVF_B

EVF_R

HI_SO

XHI_SCK

XCS_EVF

REG_GND

XSYS_RST

EVF_13.3V

EVF_2.8V

REG_GND

EVF_4.75V

N.C.

VCO

FP-401

FLEXIBLE

TO FH(1/2)

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2)

CN7701

LED_ON/OFF

6PCN001

BATT_UNREG

BATT_GND

BATT/XEXT

ACV_GND

ACV_UNRGE

BATT_SIG

DC IN

BT901

BATTERY

TERMINAL

BATTERY

LED_DA

EVF_GND

XTALLY_LED

EVF_4.75V

(CCD-TR648E/748E)

4-3 4-4

LB-073 BOARD

D7701 TALLY

D7702

BACK LIGHT

Page 62

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS (In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)

(For printed wiring boards)

• b: Pattern from the side which enables seeing. (The other layers' patterns are not indicated.)

• Through hole is omitted.

• Circled numbers refer to waveforms.

• There are few cases that the part printed on diagram isn’t

mounted in this model.

• Chip parts.

Transistor Diode

21321321

(For schematic diagrams)

• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. p: pF.

50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and tantalums.

• Chip resistors are 1/10W unless otherwise noted.

kΩ=1000Ω, MΩ=1000kΩ.

• Caution when replacing chip parts.

New parts must be attached after removal of chip. Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, Because it is damaged by the heat.

• Some chip part will be indicated as follows.

Example C541 L452

22U 10UH TA A 2520

Kinds of capacitor

Temperature characteristics

External dimensions (mm)

• Constants of resistors, capacitors, ICs and etc with XX indicate

that they are not used. In such cases, the unused circuits may be indicated.

• All variable and adjustable resistors have char acteristic curve B,

unless otherwise noted.

• Signal name

XEDIT→ EDIT PB/XREC → PB/REC

• 2 : non flammable resistor

• 1 : fusible resistor

• C : panel designation

• A : B+ Line *

• B : B– Line *

• J : IN/OUT direction of (+,–) B LINE. *

• C : adjustment for repair. *

• Circled numbers refer to waveforms. *

*Indicated by the color red.

Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted

line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

(Measuring conditions voltage and waveform)

• Voltages and waveforms are measured between the measurement points and ground when camera shoots color bar chart of pattern box. They are reference values and reference waveforms. * (VOM of DC 10 MΩ input impedance is used.).

• Voltage v alues change depending upon input impedance of V OM used.) *

1. Connection

Pattern box

1.5 m

Front of the lens

2. Adjust the distance so that the output waveform of Fig. a and

the Fig. b can be obtain.

Yellow

Cyan

White

Magenta

Green

AABBA=B

Fig. a (Video output terminal output waveform)

Cyan

White

Green

Yellow

Magenta

Red

Blue

Red

Blue

Electron beam scanned frame

CRT picture frame

Fig.b (Picture on monitor TV)

When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name.

4-5

Page 63

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

CD-354 (CCD IMAGER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

For printed wiring board

• Refer to page 4-55 for parts location.

• This board consists of multiple layers. However, only

the sides (layers) A and B are shown.

• Chip parts Transistor

• : Uses unleaded solder.

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-52 for waveforms.

CD-354 BOARD

CCD IMAGER

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

CN2191

14P

CAM_15V/12V

VC-272 BOARD(1/11)

THROUGH THE

(

FP-400 FLEXIBLE

(PAGE 4-25)

CN271

)

CAM_-7.5V/-5.0V

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

VSHT

GND

CCD OUT

C2196

47u

10V

L2191

100uH

C2191

22u

16V

C2194

/P0

R-4.8

V41V32V23V1

/P0

R1.4

R1.6

R12.1/P0

R2191

R2193

10k

R8.7/P0

/P0

R-0.2

/P0

R-0.2

IC2191

CCD IMAGER

IC2191

/P0

R-5.1

R10.1

Q2191

2SC4178-F13F14-T1

BUFFER

R9.4/P0

IC2191

ICX233AK-43 MN39217FHJ-S

/P0

R9.4

/0P

GND

N.C.

SHT

VDD

DGND

10VL11RG12H113H214

/P0

R7.4

CCD_OUT

/P0

R12.1

C2195

0.1u F

:CCD-TR648E/TR748E :CCD-TR848

LND191

There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

Precautions Upon Replacing CCD imager

•

The CD-354 board mounted as a repair part is not equipped

with a CCD imager. When replacing this board, remove the CCD imager from the

old one and mount it onto the new one.

•

If the CCD imager has been replaced, carry out all the

adjustments for the camera section.

As the CCD imager may be damaged by static electricity from•

its structure, handle it carefully like for the MOS IC.

In addition, ensure that the receiver is not covered with dusts

nor exposed to strong light.

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA

Y/CHROMA

REC

CCD IMAGER

CD-354

4-7 4-8

Page 64

LB-073 (BACK LIGHT (EVF)) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

• : Uses unleaded solder.

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

LB-073 BOARD

253

Q7701 UP04312008 RN4983FE

BACK LIGHT(EVF)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

TLSU1008

(TALLY)

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

D7701

R7701

3.3k

Q7701

LED DRIVE

TO VF-150 BOARD CN2001

THROUGH THE

(

FP-401 FLEXIBLE

)

(PAGE 4-13)

VC-272 BOARD(11/11)

THROUGH THE

(

FP-401 FLEXIBLE

(PAGE 4-46)

CN705

)

6PCN7701

LED_ON/OFF

LED_DA

EVF_GND

XTALLY_LED

EVF_4.75V

R7702 180k

0.5%

R7703

33k

0.5%

:CCD-TR648E/TR748E :CCD-TR848

4.7

02.8

R7704

3300

R7705

33k

IC7701

0.2

BUFFER

IC7701

NJM2125F(TE2)

VCC

123

4.7

0.3

Q7702 N1B04FE-Y/GR UP04601008

Q7702

1.6

LED DRIVE

0.9

0.2

R7706

0.5%

0.9

4.7

D7702

NSCW100-T39

(BACKLIGHT UNIT)

:CCD-TR648E/TR748E :CCD-TR848

TH7701

6.8k

For printed wiring board

• Refer to page 4-55 for parts location.

• This board consists of multiple layers. However, only

the sides (layers) A and B are shown.

• Chip parts Transistor

There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

4-9 4-10

BACK LIGHT

LB-073

Page 65

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

VF-150 (RGB DRIVE/TG) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

• : Uses unleaded solder.

For printed wiring board

• Refer to page 4-55 for parts location.

• This board consists of multiple layers. However, only

the sides (layers) A and B are shown.

There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

RGB DRIVE/TG

VF-150

4-11 4-12

Page 66

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-11 for printed wiring board.

• Refer to page 4-52 for waveforms.

VF-150 BOARD

RGB DRIVER/TG

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

THROUGH THE

(

FP-401 FLEXIBLE

THROUGH THE

(

FP-401 FLEXIBLE

VC-272 BOARD(11/11)

(PAGE 4-46)

TO LB-073 BOARD CN7701

(PAGE 4-10)

CN705

)

CN2001

18P

EVF-G/BW_Y

PANEL_XVD

PANEL_XHD

XSYS_RST

EVF_13.3V

LED_ON/OFF

EVF_B

EVF_R

HI_SO

XHI_SCK

XCS_EVF

REG_GND

EVF_2.8V

REG_GND

LED_DA

VCO

R2015

FB2001

0uH

R2003

R2004

15k

R_INJECT

C_BG

2.8

XC.SAVE

2.5

XSCK

2.7

2.8

XCS

2.8

Vcc1

2.8

TRAP_ADJ

1.2

LPF_ADJ

2.8

XP.SAVE

1.7

B_IN

1.7

G_IN

1.7

R_IN

2.8

C2007

C2008

0.01u B

8 15

BLK

BGP

1.5

2.7

N.C.

BGP

EXT_DA

PRG

BLACK_IN

IC2001

LCD DRIVER

IC2001

RB5P004AM1

SH_G

XSH.SAVE2SH_R

SH_B5SH_A6N.C.7BIAS8OP_IN+9OP_IN-10OP_OUT11VCO12COM_DC

0.9

2.8

0.9

SHR

SHG

SHB

SHA

XCLR

2.7

XCLP

TST3

SBLK

1.4

FRP

TST4

2.5

XSCK

2.8

VDD

2.8

XCS

2.7

0.4

VDO

2.8

XVD

3 12

COLOR

B/W

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

410136

HDO

XVD

XHD

HI_SO

XHI_SCK

XCS_EVF

XSYS_RST

LED_ON/OFF

RB2003

R2002 68k

100k

L2001

10uH

C2001

4.7u

:CCD-TR648E/ TR748E :CCD-TR848

COLOR

R2001

470k

C2002

XC_SAVE

XHI_SCK

XTG_SO

XCS_EVF

XP_SAVE

XSYS_RST

BLK

FRP

XHI_SCK

XCS_EVF

XTG_SO

HI_SO

XVD

C2003

0.01u

R2002

0.5%

C2004

B/W

C2005

0.01u

BGP

B0.01u

C2006

0.01u

COLOR

FB2002

0uH

C2011

3.3u

R2005

2700

R2006

SHR

R2008

20V

27VP28

PFRP

XVP.SAVE

1.4

2.6

1.4

R2007

C2009

68k

560p

47k

22k

R2009

SHA

SHB

SHG

0.9

2.8

0.9

SHA33SHB

SHG35SHR

FRP

1.4

FRP

1.4

2.8

IC2002

TIMING GENERATOR

CXD3501AR-T4

12.8

VP_DC_DET

C2010

0.1u B

68k

GND

IC2002

Vcc2

VB_DC_DET

VG_DC_DET

VR_DC_DET

COM_OUT

R2010

TST2

C2013

0.01u

GND2

GND1

COM_IN

C2012

0.001u

RPD

VREF

1.4

Vcc3

R2011

100k

6.4

XC_SAVE

XCSAVE

C2015

3.2

COLOR

6.4

2.9

6.3

2.9

C2017

12.8

6.1

D2001

1SV290(TPL3)

L2002

6.8uH

C2014

120p

XP_SAVE

2.8

1.4

OSCI

OSCO

XPSAVE

COLOR

B/W

C2016

COLOR

2.8

BLK

HCK1

HCK2

HST

RGT

VDD

DWN

STB

VCK

VST

TSTEN

RB2001

100x4

R2012

47k

0.5%

R2013

0.5%

1.4

0.1

2.8

2.7

2.8

1.4

R2014

100k

C2018

2.2u

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

LCD903

COLOR B/W

:CCD-TR848 :CCD-TR648E /TR748E

LCD UNIT

141125

RB2002 100kx4

B/W

COLOR

TG24

TG23

TG22

TG21

TG20

TG18

TG17

TG16

TG15

TG14

COLOR

C2020

2.2u

16PCN2002

B/W

COM

15 VG

14 VR

13 VB

12 BLK

11 HCK1

10 HCK2

9 HST

8 RGT

7DWN

5STB

4VCK

3VST

2VSS

1 VDD

C2019

2.2u B

SIGNAL PATH

TG24

TG23

TG22

TG21

TG20

TG18

TG17

TG16

TG15

TG14

REC

CHROMA

VIDEO SIGNAL

Y/CHROMAY

HD2HDO3XWRT4CMPO5DETIN6GND7TST08LED9PWM10-IN11+IN12TST1

XHD

HDO

LED_ON/OFF

2.6

0.3

2.8

RGB DRIVE/TG

4-13

4-14

VF-150

Page 67

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

SI-033 (STEADY SHOT, MIC) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

(YAW SENSOR)

(PITCH SENSOR)

For printed wiring board

• Refer to page 4-55 for parts location.

• This board consists of multiple layers. However, only

the sides (layers) A and B are shown.

• Chip parts Transistor

There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

STEADY SHOT, MIC

SI-033

4-15 4-16

Page 68

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-15 for printed wiring board.

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

SI-033 BOARD

STEADY SHOT MIC

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

IC750

REMOTE COMMANDER

RECEIVER

IC750

RPM7140-V4

SE750

PITCH SENSOR

YAW SENSOR

OUT2GND3Vcc

4.7

C750

FB754

GND

Vref1

LIA1

SE751

FB753

C751

22u

Vcc

Vref2

CL750

LIA2

GND

FB756

0uH

FB755

Note

CL751

CL757

CL752

C752

22u

CL753

CL754

CL755

R752

470

1/10W

CL759

Note:Resistor is mounted to the location where FB755 is printed

MA111-(K8).S0

CL756

BR2222S-B2

(TALLY)

D751

D752

SEIDEN

LND750

CN750

INT_MIC_L1

GND2

INT_MIC_R3

GND4

CN751

1 INT_MIC_L

2 MIC_GND

CN752

MIC_L

MIC_R

MIC_GND

LIA2

A_2.8V

LIA1

VREF2

SE_GND

VREF1

SE_GND

SIRCS_PWM/NS_ON

XF_TALLY_LED

D_2.8V

REG_GND

XSIRCS_SIG

A_4.75V

MIC901

16P

TO VC-272 BOARD(11/11) CN703

THROUGH THE

(

FP-418 FLEXIBLE

)

(PAGE 4-45)

0.2

CL758

Q750

2SD1938(F)-S(TX).SO

SIGNAL PATH

AUDIO

SIGNAL

REC

PB16

R750

1/10W

D750

DAC3825

(N.S LIGHT)

2.4

R757

C753

R751

4-17 4-18

STEADY SHOT, MIC

SI-033

Page 69

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

CF-088 (SWITCH, LCD DRIVE) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

• : Uses unleaded solder.

SWITCH, LCD DRIVE

CF-088

CAUTION :

Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.

For printed wiring board

• Refer to page 4-55 for parts location.

• This board consists of multiple layers. However, only

the sides (layers) A and B are shown.

• Chip parts Diode

There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

4-19 4-20

Page 70

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-19 for printed wiring board.

23 129

CF-088 BOARD

SWITCH,LCD DRIVE

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

22P

CN001

SP+(BEEP)

TO VC-272 BOARD(8/11) CN709

THROUGH THE

(

FP-417 FLEXIBLE

(PAGE 4-40)

)

REG_GND

XHI_RESET

XCS_LCD_DRIVER

LCD_COM/XDATA

XOSD_SCK

EVER_3.0V DATE

DISP_BL/EL_BL

REG_GND

LI_3V

KEY_AD0

KEY_AD4

D_2.8V

KEY_AD3

KEY_AD2

D_2.8V

KEY_AD1

DIAL_B

DIAL_A

KEY_AD2

OSD_SO

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

584

SP-

BT001

(LITHIUM BATTERY)

XOSD_SCK

XCS_LCD

COM/XD

OSD_SO

BZ001

(BUZZER)

AD4

AD3

AD2

R006 2700

R015 1200

S001

A1 1

S002

TIME

A1 1

S006

TITLE

A1 1

R005

1200

R023

1500

S005

SEL/PUSH EXEC

1A2

6 B

SW2

SW1B

S010

A1 1

S007

A1 1

S004

A1 1

FADER

EXPOSURE

S009

S003

7 S

COM

SW1A

R011 1500

A1 1

R014

2200

R027 2200

A1 1

R013 2200

R024 3900

R028

12k

R017

12k

BACK LIGHT

EASY DUBBING

106

R025

27k

R016 8200

S011

FOCUS

S008

COUNTER RESET

A1 1

3 A2

R026

27k

A1 1

3 A2

SEG17

SEG18

XCS

C/XD

2.901.5

SEG14

SEG15

SEG16

1.5

SEG14

SEG15

SEG16

IC001

LCD DRIVE

IC001

BU9735K-E2

COM112COM213COM314COM4

1.5

COM4

COM2

COM3

COM1

SEG13

SEG12

1.5

SEG12

SEG116SEG2

1.5

SEG1

SEG11

1.5

SEG11

1.5

SEG2

SEG10

SEG9

SEG8

SEG7

SEG6

SEG5

SEG4

SEG3

1.5

D005

D002

C001

0.1u

XOSD_SCK

OSD_SO

XCS_LCD

COM/XD

LND002

CH GND

LND001

CH GND

D003

D004

R010 680k

1.7

OSC1

2.0

OSC2

VSS

3.0

VLCD

3.0

VDD

2.9

SCK

2.8

SEG10

SEG9

SEG8

SEG7

SEG6

SEG5

SEG4

SEG3

20P

COM4

COM3

SEG15

SEG16

SEG14

SEG13

SEG12

SEG11

SEG1

SEG10

SEG9

SEG8

SEG7

SEG2

SEG6

SEG5

SEG4

SEG3

COM2

COM1

CN002

COM4

COM3

SEG15

SEG16

SEG14

SEG13

SEG12

SEG11

SEG1

SEG10

SEG9

SEG8

SEG7

SEG2

SEG6

SEG5

SEG4

SEG3

COM2

COM1

LCD902

CHARACTER DISPLAY

4-21 4-22

SWITCH, LCD DRIVE

CF-088

Page 71

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

12 13

S REEL SENSOR

T REEL SENSOR

H002

H001

TAPE TOP (C)

TAPE END (C)

TAPE LED (K)

TAPE LED (A)

GND

S REEL (-)

S REEL (+)

SENSOR (Vcc)

T REEL (+)

T REEL (-)

HALL COM

ME/MP

REC PROOF Hi8 MP

C LOCK SW

FP-300 FLEXIBLE

LS-057 BOARD

FP-302 FLEXIBLE

FP-301 FLEXIBLE

Q002 TAPE END SENSOR

D001 TAPE LED

Q001 TAPE TOP SENSOR

S001

REC PROOF

Hi8 MP

ME/MP

S002

C.C. LOCK

7 8

9 10 11

VH-

19 20

MR SENSOR

FP-299 FLEXIBLE

FP-228 FLEXIBLE

DEW SENSOR

DEW

FG1 (Vo2)

VCC FG2 (Vo1)

GND (C0M)

COIL-U

COIL-W COIL-W

COIL-V

VH+

HU 1

HU 2

HV 1 HV 2

HW 1 HW 2

S901 MODE SWITCH

M902 CAPSTAN MOTOR

TO MECHA CONTROL BLOCK VC-272 BOARD (6/11) CN712 (PAGE 4-35)

TO MECHA CONTROL BLOCK VC-272 BOARD (6/11) CN707 (PAGE 4-35)

LS-057 (S/T REEL SENSOR), FP-228 (DEW SENSOR), FP-299 (MODE SWITCH), FP-300 (TAPE TOP), FP-302 (TAPE END), FP-301 (TAPE LED) FLEXIBLE BOARDS

FP-300 FLEXIBLE (COMPONENT SIDE)

Q001

1-680-436-

TAPE TOP SENSOR

M902 CAPSTAN MOTOR

MR SENSOR

FP-299 FLEXIBLE

LS-057 BOARD (CONDUCTOR SIDE)

S001 REC PROOF

S002 C.C. LOCK

H001 T REEL SENSOR

D001 TAPE LED

1-680-437-

S/T REEL SENSOR

LS-057

DEW SENSOR

FP-228

DEW SENSOR

1-677-049-

FP-228 FLEXIBLE

MODE SWITCH

B A

COM

S901 MODE SWITCH

FP-299

FP-301 FLEXIBLE

1-680-434-

T APE TOP

FP-300

H002 S REEL SENSOR

TAPE END

FP-302

1-680-473-

TAPE LED

////

FP-301

(CONDUCTOR SIDE)

FP-302 FLEXIBLE (CONDUCTOR SIDE)

1-680-438-

Q002 TAPE END SENSOR

4-24

Page 72

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.

• Refer to page 4-53 for waveforms.

5 136

924 7

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

VC-272 BOARD(1/11)

CAMERA PROCESSOR AMP(CH BLOCK)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

TO CD-354 BOARD CN2191

THROUGH THE FP-400 FLEXIBLE

(PAGE 4-8)

SIGNAL PATH

REC

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA

CN271

14P

CCD_OUT

CAM_-7.5V/-5.0V

CAM_15V/12V

Y/CHROMA

VSHT

CAM_15V

A_4.75V

CAM_-7.0V

D_2.8V

L271

10uH

RB272

47kx4

CK_CONT1

CK_CONT2

XRST_IC151

XCS_IC151

V_STOP

VC_SI

XCH_SCK

CH_SO

XCS_CH

XSG1

CLP1

SYS_V

PB_C_RF

LINE_Y

ADCK

PBLK

A_2.8V

REG_GND

FRQ_TUNE

AVD

AHD

XV1

VC_SI

CH_SO

XCH_SCK

XCS_CH

CK_CONT1

CK_CONT2

XCS_IC151

XRST_IC151

MCK

XRST_IC151

AD10

AD9

AD8

AD7

AD6

AD5

AD4

AD3

AD2

AD1

V_STOP

PBLK

XSG1

XV1

AVD

AHD

CLP1

ADCK

MCK

SYS_V

PB_C_RF

LINE_Y

CAM_DD_ON

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

VC_SI

CH_SO

XCH_SCK

XCS_CH

CK_CONT1

CK_CONT2

XCS_IC151

XRST_IC151

MCK

XRST_IC151

AD10

AD9

AD8

AD7

AD6

AD5

AD4

AD3

AD2

AD1

V_STOP

PBLK

XSG1

XV1

AVD

AHD

CLP1

ADCK

MCK

SYS_V

PB_C_RF

LINE_Y

MCK

L272

C277

0.01u

XSHP

XSHD

R275

10uH

1.6

1.3

2.8

1.5

VDD1

CHCK

SYSCK

2.8

VDD2

VSS3

R2.3/P0

R0.4/P0

R1.6/P0

R1.4/P0

C278

4.7u 20V

C280

0.1u

XSHP

XSHD

XSHP

XSHD

XRS

2.8

VDD3

2.8

VDD4

VSS4

N.C.

FB275

0uH

C281

0.1u

R1.5/

R2.3/P0

R2.8/P0

VICK(CL)

IC271

TIMING GENERATOR

CXD2444R-T4

2.8

P1.3

2.8

R14.9/P0

26V127VH28V329VL30VM31V432NC33

R-0.3/P0

R-7.1/P0

V2V1V3

AD9

AD10

R0.1/P1.5

R0.2/P1.4

DVSS

DRVDD

DRVSS

DVSS

ADCLK

DVDD

PBLK

CLPOB

XSHP

XSHD

CLPDM

AVDD

AVSS

2.8

C286

AVDD

C279

10u

FB271

0.001u

C272

C275

C274

6.3V

GND

R293 0

GND

VSHT

R274

100k

C271

D271

R294

22p

R271

C273

22p

C276

0.22u B

X271

R279

0.001u

TEST

C282

1.3

7CK8

IC271

28.636363MHz

28.375MHz

C283

1.5

1.3

C285

0.001u

R2.3/P0

PBLK3VSS14OSCI5OSCO6VSS2

:CCD-TR648E/TR748E :CCD-TR848

R2.8/P0

CLPDM

R-7.3/P0

VGAT

XSHT34XSG1

SSO

0.1u B

AD6

R1.6/P1.5

R0.6/P1.4

AD5

VSHT

R1.0/P1.4

AD4

R2.8/P0

AD3

R1.2/P1.4

2.5

AD2

R1.1/P1.4

AD1

R-7.6/P0.3

AD8

R0.6/P1.4

R-7.1/P0

AD7

C284

R280

IC272

S/H AGC A/D CONVERTER

N.C.

CLPBYP

R0.5/P0.4

LatchSelect

LINE

AVSS

AVDD

2.8 R0.7/

C290

C291

0.1u B

IC272

AD80013AJSTRL

911

CCD IN

CLPREF

CLPOUT

R1.0/P0

R0.8/P0

R1.4/P0

C287

C289

0.1u

C288

0.1u B

1SV329(TPL3)

CKCONT1

CKCONT2

VDD6

DSGAT

1D02D13D24D35D46D57D68D79D810D911

TEST

XSCK

XCE

SYSV

HDRST

AVSS

AVDD

VRB

VRT

CMLEVEL

CHROMA

P0.4

D272

R281 470k

R1.4/P0

R2.8/P0

R0/P2.8

R2.7/P0

AVD

R2.5/P2.8

AHD

2.8

R3.0/P0

R0.1/P0

XV1

2.8

RST

2.1

SEN

R0.4/P0.2

SSI

2.5

SSK

C297

22u

XRST_IC151

2.8

R0/P2.8

2.5

2.8

C294

2.8

0.9

0.22u

C292

C293 470p

1.9

1.4

C296

C295

0.1u B

NOT USE

TO(10/11)

TO(9/11)

TO(8/11)

TO(7/11)

TO(2/11,7/11)

TO(2/11)

TO(7/11,8/11)

TO(4/11)

TO(5/11)

CAMERA PROCESSOR AMP

4-25 4-26

VC-272 (1/11)

Page 73

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.

• Refer to page 4-53 for waveforms.

VC-272 BOARD(2/11)

Y/C PROCESSOR (CL BLOCK)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

TO(5/11)

TO(9/11)

TO(4/11)

TO(11/11)

TO(7/11)

TO(1/11,7/11)

*MARKED:MOUNT TABLE

REF.NO.

R165

C_OUT

IC151_C_OUT

IC151_Y_OUT

AFC_F0_ADJ

VC_SI

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

PB_C_RF

RF_AGC_OUT

REC_RF

PANEL_R

PANEL_G

PANEL_B

PANEL_XVD

PANEL_XHD

PANEL_SYNC

EVF_R

EVF_G/BW_Y

EVF_B

LCD_HOLD

XVC_SCK

VC_SO

VC_SI

MECHA_HD

JOG_VD

MECHA_VD

MECHA_FLD

ATF_SAMPLE

XSG_V_RST

X1/2_SWP

SWP_DIR

SYS_V

TBC_VD

VIVDO

XTBC_V_RST

AFC_F0

XRST_IC151

CK_CONT2

XCS_IC151

CK_CONT1

TR648E/ TR748E

XX 0

TO(10/11)

FSC

DOP

COLOR

CL707

CL708

CL709

TR848

0XXR167

270XXR187

270XXR191

205

1.5

R0/P1.4

AD4

AD3

AD2

AD1

C190

2.8

R1.5/P1.3

R1.1/P1.4

193

194

195

196

197

198

199

200

201

202

203

204

ADIN2

ADIN1

ADIN0

XTALIN

PLLENB

IN_VSS3

XTALOUT

IN_VDD3

CCDCKL

AFT,FOCUS/ZOOM MOTOR CONTROL

PAVSSC

PDVSSC

PAVDDC

1.5

2.8

2.6

R3.0/P1.5

R2.8/P1.4

PANEL_XHD

PANEL_XVD

0.201.4

R200

10k

R199

PANEL_SYNC

2.8

R0/P1.3

R3.0/P1.5

C188

0.1u B

D_2.8V

D_1.5V

A_2.8V

REG_GND

A_4.75V

FSC

VC_SI

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

PANEL_XVD

PANEL_XHD

PANEL_SYNC

B/W

LCD_HOLD

XVC_SCK

VC_SO

VC_SI

MECHA_HD

JOG_VD

MECHA_VD

MECHA_FLD

ATF_SAMPLE

XSG_V_RST

X1/2_SWP

SWP_DIR

SYS_V

XRST_IC151

CK_CONT2

XCS_IC151

R210

L152

L154

R212

L151

10uH

L155

C151

5 13

10uH

C152

4.7u B

C157

R154

0.1u 10k

RB151

10k

C155

0.1u

1005

R217

R205

470

Q159

R177

220R179

C170

0.1u C171

0.1u

R195

C162

0.1u

R180 5600

XXR185

12k

820

R3.6/P2.1

15k

0.9

L157

12k

470R178

C164

C166

0.1u

C168

0.1u

0.01u

R173

JDV3C11(TPH3)

UP04401008SO

BUFFER

0.3

2.8

R0.5/

VDDAA8

P0.8

REXT8

1.9

CBU8

0.3

DAO8

VSSAA8

R0.3

VSSAA7

/P0

DAO7

R1.7/P2.8

CBU7

R0.6/P0

REXT7

2.8

VDDAA7

2.8

VDDAA6

R0.7/P1.0

REXT6

1.8

CBU6

0.1

DAO6

VSSAA6

VSSAA5

0.1

DAO5

1.8

CBU5

R0.7/P1.0

REXT5

2.8

VDDAA5

2.8

VDDAA4

R0.7/P1.0

REXT4

1.8

CBU4

0.2

DAO4

VSSAA4

VSSAA3

R0.6/P0.9

C167

R2.8/

DAO3

P1.8

CBU3

R0/P1.0

REXT3

2.8

VDDAA3

2.8

VDDAA2

R0.7/P0

R1.8/

REXT2

P2.8

CBU2

R0.1/P0

DAO2

VSSAA2

VSSAA1

R0.6/P0.9

C169

R2.8/

DAO1

P1.8

CBU1

R0/P0.9

REXT1

2.8

VDDAA1

2.8

VDDAA0

R0/P0.8

VRBAD

R0/P2.0

VRTAD

R0/P1.4

VINNAD

R0/P1.4

AD_IN

R0/P1.1

C177

39k

R193

R0/P1.1

R3.0/P1.5

R2.8/P1.4

D151

OP_OUT

VSSAA0

C_IN

ATF_IN

VREFOP

Y_RF_IN

2.8

AVDD

AMPO

INN

C178 1500p

R196

15k C179 XX

JDV3C11(TPH3)

0.9

0.3

C183

C163

0.1u B

R156

C176

R162

Q152

Q154

R159

Q155

R160

Q156

R161

Q157

C156 390p

R155 1200

R3.0

/P1.5

R181

R182

R157

R183

0.8

0.1

C165

Q153

R184

R158

R164

R186

R187

R165

R188

12k

R189

R166

R190

270

R191

R167

R192

C160

0.1u B

C172

0.1u B

C161

0.01u R163

C173

0.01u

R174

R169

C174

0.47u

C158

4.7u

R171

6.3V TA

470

R170 6800

R168

5600

R172

100

P3.6

R2.1/

4.7

R3.0/P1.5

R175

3300

Q151

UP04601008SO

VCO

C184

0.1u B

R197

5.6k

2.8

1.9

0.3

R0.5

P0.7

213

214

215

216

CBU9

REXT9

VDDAA9

C_OUT

Y_OUT EVF_G

PANEL_R PANEL_B EVF_B

8bit A/DEVF_RPANEL_GRF

AVSS56SCAN_PATH57WRHLD58MUTE59DVSS160PDVDDA61PAVDDA62PAVSSA63PDVSSA64IN_VSS165OSCO66OSCI67IN_VDD168AFCC69PDET170DVDD171PDET272PDET373PANELVD74PANELHD75PANELSYNC76DOP77TRAPCONT78OFSC79OUT_VDD180MCK81DVSS282JVDI83HSWP84SWP85XSGRST86ATSMPL87SYSV88MECHAFLD89IN_VDD290BCK91IN_VSS292CSYNC93MECHAVD94XSCK95SO96SI97XCS98XRST99MCKCONT

INP

2.8

R2.8/P1.4

C175

C182

0.01u L156

3.3uH

C183

D152

LCD_HOLD

R198 220

211

212

DAO9

TESTDAC

C186

0.1u B

924 7

C185

2.8

208

209

210

VSSA9

PAVSSB

PDVSSB

PAVDDB

PLLB PLLC

(GUM) (Dig8)

PLLA

2.8

1.5

206

207

PDVDDC

PDVDDB

C187

0.1u B

189

AD8

R0.5/P1.3

188

ADIN7

AD9

R0.3/P1.3

ADIN8

AD10

R0.2/P1.5

187

COLOR1

COLOR2

R2.3/P00R2.3/P0

173

174

175

COLOR1

COLOR2

COLOR3

172

DVSS10

AVD

PBLK

AHD

R1.5/P0

R2.8/P0

R2.6/P2.8

169

170ID171

AVD

AHD

PBLK

CLP1

ADCK

CGCK

COLOR4

OSD_R_ON

180

OSD_R_ON

OSD_P_ON

179

OSD_P_ON

COLOR3

2.8

R2.3/P0

176

177

178

CGCK

COLOR4

IO_VDD5

OSD_L_ON

1.5

R1.5/P1.3

2.80001.4

181

182

183

184

185

186

CLP1

ADCK

ADIN9

DVDD5

DVSS11

OSD_L_ON

11 1514

AD7

AD6

AD5

R0.8/P1.4

R1.6/P1.4

R0.6/P1.4

190

191

192

ADIN6

ADIN5

ADIN4

ADIN3

IC151

CAMERA Y/C PROCESSOR

VTR Y/C PROCESSOR

IC151

HG76C012FL

ADCKCONT

FECKIN

100

101

R0.4/P0.2

VC_SO

R2.3/P2.1

0R208

XCS_IC151

2.8

R0/P2.8

CK_CONT2

XRST_IC151

102

R2.8/P0

1.3

2.8

FSC

2.8

R1.1/P1.8

R1.2/P1.4

CL223

SWP_DIR

JOG_VD

X1/2_SWP

C202

R0/P0.5

XSG_V_RST

ATF_SAMPLE

2.5

SYS_V

1.4

2.8

R206

MECHA_FLD

2.6

R2.8/P0.2

R2.6/P2.4

CL2304

CL2305

XVC_SCK

VC_SI

MECHA_HD

MECHA_VD

XV1

V_STOP

R0.1/P00R2.8/P0

166

167

168

XV1

VGAT

XFEON

RAMTEST

103

104

105

2.8

C192

XSG1

165

XSG1

FECKOUT

106

DVSS9

DVSS3

17 2016 18 19

AD1

AD2

AD3

AD4

AD5

CL221

1.5

163

164

VCK

DVDD4

R2.8/P2.6

SENS1

162

R2.8/P2.6

SENS0

161

TEST

160

R1.4/P0

IRIS

159

2.8

TBCVD

158

R0/P2.8

XTECVRST

157

TESTBS

156

VCKO

155

DVSS8

154

EN1

153

R0.4/P0

DIR1B

152

R2.4/P0

DIR1A

151

R0.9/P0

DIR0A

150

R2.4/P0

DIR0B

149

R0/P0

EN0

148

2.8

IO_VDD4

147

2.6

VIHDO

146

MEMHDI

145

2.8

VIVDO

144

MEMVDI

143

1.5

VIFLDO

142

MEMFLDI

141

DVSS7

140

R1.2/ P1.5

YMO0

139

YMI0

138

R1.1/ P1.4

YMO1

137

YMI1

136

1.5

DVDD3

135

R1.1/ P1.2

YMO2

134

YMI2

133

1.3

YMO3

132

YMI3

131

DVSS6

130

R0.8/ P1.7

YMO4

129

YMI4

128

R0.9/ P0.4

YMO5

127

YMI5

126

2.8

IO_VDD3

125

R2.2/ P1.9

YMO6

124

YMI6

123

1.0

YMO7

122

YMI7

121

DVSS5

120

1.0

CMO3

119

CMI3

118

1.0

CMO2

117

CMI2

116

1.5

DVDD2

115

1.0

CMO1

114

CMI1

113

1.1

CMO0

112

CMI0

111

EOR_OUT

110

TESTKP

109

DVSS4

IO_VDD2

107

108

2.8

C194

ZM_RST

FC_RST

IRIS_COM

C195

0.1u B

VIFLDO

EN1

DIR1B

DIR1A

DIR0A

DIR0B

EN0

VIHD

VIVDO

YM00

YM01

YM02

YM03

YM04

YM05

YM06

YM07

CM03

CM02

CM01

CM00

AD6

AD7

AD8

AD9

AD10

V_STOP

PBLK

XSG1

XV1

AVD

AHD

CLP1

ADCK

IRIS_COM

EN1

DIR1B

DIR1A

EN0

DIR0B

DIR0A

ZM_RST

FC_RST

VIHD

VIVDO

VIFLDO

YM00

YM01

YM02

YM03

YM04

YM05

YM06

YM07

CM03

CM02

CM01

CM00

VIHD

VIVDO

2.8

XOSD_SCK

2.8

XCS_OSD

2.8

OSD_SO

2.8

XSYS_RST

3.0

C196

1.4

CGCK

XSYS_RST

XCS_OSD

XOSD_SCK

OSD_SO

SIGNAL PATH

IC153

CHARACTER GENERATOR

IC153

BU3095-03FV-E2

12345678910

CLK

XHSYNC

XCS

XVSYNC

DATA

VC0

XPCL

VC1

VDD

VC2

CMDCT

BLKA

OSC

VC3

OSC

BLKB

TEST

N.C.

GND

BLKC

Ref.signal

AD1

AD2

AD3

AD4

AD5

AD6

AD7

AD8

AD9

AD10

V_STOP

PBLK

XSG1

XV1

AVD

AHD

CLP1

ADCK

MCK

IRIS_COM

EN1

DIR1B

DIR1A

EN0

DIR0B

DIR0A

ZM_RST

FC_RST

VIHD

VIVDO

VIFLDO

YM00

YM01

YM02

YM03

YM04

YM05

YM06

YM07

CM03

CM02

CM01

CM00

2.6

2.8

COLOR1

COLOR2

COLOR3

OSD_P_ON

COLOR4

OSD_R_ON

OSD_L_ON

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

XSYS_RST

XCS_OSD

XOSD_SCK

OSD_SO

EVER_3.0V

NOT USE

TO(1/11)

TO(3/11)

TO(7/11,8/11, 11/11)

TO(8/11)

REC PBREC/PB

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA

REC

Y Y/CHROMA

Y/C PROCESSOR

VC-272 (2/11)

4-27

4-28

Page 74

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.

924 7

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

VC-272 BOARD(3/11)

FOCUS/ZOOM MOTOR DRIVE(LD BLOCK)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

CN301

ZOOM

LENS BLOCK

24P

DRIVE(+)

DRIVE(-)

CONT(+)

NIGHT_SHOT

HALL(-)

BIAS(-)

HALL(+)

BIAS(+)

ZM_SENSE_OUT

FC_SENSE_OUT

FC_SENSE_VCC

PLA/GLASS

ZM_SENSE_VCC

ZM_XB

ZM_XA

TEMP

ZM_A

ZM_B

FC_A

FC_B

FC_XB

FC_XA

R313 2200

R314

R1.5/P0.2

NJM12902V(TE2)

OUT3

R1.0/P0

R1.5/P0.2

R312 470k

R316 470k

IN3-

0.9

IN2+6IN2-7OUT2

IC302

R1.5/P0

15k

R317

IN3+

C309

0.22u

R306

1/16W

C302

0.01u

R1.8 P2.8

C303

4700p

2SD2216J-Q

DRIVE

2.8

R-0.3 P-0.7

D301

MA111-(K8).S0

GND

Q301

R0.4/P0

C304

10u

6.3V ATA

R307

R308 2200

C305

0.1u B

Q302

UP04116088 FOCUS/ZOOM SENSOR SWITCH

R304

2.8

0.1

R311 470k

C307 470p

C306

0.1u B

R309

10k

R310 220k

D302

MA8082-(K8).SO

0.9

C312

0.47u

R318

C311

0.001u B

L303 10uH

C320

C317

4.7

0.9

Vcc

OUT12IN1-3IN1+

1.3

C318

C319

0.1u

4.7u B

IC302

IRIS DRIVE

HALL BIASS

HALL GAIN

IN4-

0.7

OUT4

2SD2216J-Q

RB302 22KX2

L301

10uH

0.5

C313

0.01u

Q303

AMP

HALL AMP

R321

R322

C315

2200p

10k

R323

47k

IN4+

GND

0.2

R319

330

HALL_REF

HALL_OFFSET

HALL_GAIN

A_4.75V

REG_GND

D_2.8V

MT_4.75V

LENS_FILTER_ON_SW

FC_RST_LED

HALL_AD

ZM_RST_LED

FC_RST

PLA/GLASS

ZM_RST

LENS_TEMP_AD

IRIS_PWM

REG_GND

(MT_GND)

TO(9/11)

TO(10/11)

TO(7/11)

TO(6/11)

ZOOM LENS BLOCK is replaced as a block so that the SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM and PRINTED WIRING BOARD

are omitted.

IC301

FOCUS/ZOOM

MOTOR DRIVE

C301

R301

47k

2.8

R1.4/P1.9

4.9

R1.4/P1.9

R1.4/P1.90R2.4/P00R0.4/P0

VDD

MPC17A135DTAEL

VM!2OUT 1A3PGND4OUT2A5OUT3A6PGND7OUT4A8VM49IN110EN111IN212EN2

IC301

4.9

OUT1B

R1.4/P1.9

PGND

OUT2B

R1.4/P1.9

R1.6/P2.0

VM23

OUT3B

PGND

4.9

R1.6/P2.0

OUT4B

R2.2/P00R0.6/P0

IN3

IN4

EN3

EN4

0.01u

C310

6.3V

C308

47u

IRIS_COM

ZM_RST

FC_RST

DIR1B

DIR1A

EN1

DIR0B

EN0

DIR0A

TO(2/11)

FOCUS/ZOOM MOTOR DRIVE

4-29 4-30

VC-272 (3/11)

Page 75

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.

• Refer to page 4-53 for waveforms.

5 136

924 7

VC-272 BOARD(4/11)

REC/PB AMP(RR BLOCK)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

SIGNAL PATH

Ref.signal

SIGNAL PATH

REC

M2100 MECHA DECK(1/2)

VIDEO HEAD

CH SP1

CH SP2

FLYING ERASE

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA

CN101

Y/CHROMA

11P

RECYREC/PB

AUDIO

SIGNAL

REG_GND

RP_4.75V

L101

220uH

ET101

ET102

C101

0.01u

1GND

2GND

3GND

4SP1Y

5SP1X

6GND

7SP2X

8SP2Y

9GND

10FE(Y)

11FE(X)

C103

0.01u B

0.01u

R109

C104

R106

C102

33u

6.3V B

27k

C106

0.022u

27k

FB101

C107

FB102

R0.9/P0

C108

0.01u

0uH

R110

220

R111

220

0uH

C109

0.01u

R0.8/P0

REC DUMP1

GND

4.5

REC1 OUT

0.7

PB1 IN

4.5

VCC AMP

2.6

PB DUMP1

2.6

PB DUMP2

1.1

BIASADJ

0.7

PB2 IN

4.5

REC2 OUT

GND

REC DUMP2

Q102

2SB1462J-Q

AMP

R101

:CCD-TR648E/

TR748E :CCD-TR848

R4.1/P4.7

R101

2SA1965-S-TL

R102

560

R4.6

/P4.7

C105

R105

100

R3.9/P4.7

Q101

AMP

R108 4700

R4.1

/P4.7

R107 2200

R4.6/P4.7

R112

270

R113

220

R3.7/P4.7

C110 100p

C111 150p

R3.4

/P4.1

Q103

UP04601008

C113

0.1u B

R116 2700

RAMP V1

R2.4/P0

C116

0.01u

0.4

L103

22uH

C119

4.7u

6.3V

REC1 IN

VPSW1 OUT

4.7

R0/P4.6

R118

±0.5%

VCC

150k

2.3

MT_Q

RAMP IR

R0/P0.5

MT_Q

0.01u

C136

XXC122

MTIN

CARDET

PCMOUT/MTSW

R0.2/P0.4

IC101

REC/PB AMP

IC101

CXA3265R-T4

RAMP V238REC2 IN39VSSW2 OUT40GND41PCM IN42RAMP CONT43RAMP44PCM REC45AFREC46BOTH_REC/DV PBPS

0.5

R2.7/P0

R3.0/P4.6

2700

C117

0.01u

R2.0/ P4.7

R1.2/P2.8

ERASE OSC

R117

RB101

22kx4

R115

33k

R1.4/ P2.4

C115

100p

C126

0.01u

L104

220uH

C121

0.1u B

C114

0.1u B

L102 12uH

C112

82p

MT_F0

C124

0.01uC135

R2.3/P2.1

R0.3/P0

MT_F0

RP_PB

PBRFOUT

R2.5

P1.9

P2.8

R0.1/

/P0

R4.4/P3.4

R0/P2.0

RF AGCOUT

2.2

R0/P0.2

2.1

Y/C/ATF IN

R1.9/P0

YLPFOUT/CARDETOUT

2.5

R3.2/P1.0

REC_Y/MT_CONT

4.7

SWP48REC_L_CONT

1.4

3.7

C125

0.01u

C123

DOC_DET

CLPFOUT

AGC TC

RP_IR

Y MIX

AFM IN

VCC3

DOP

REC_L_CONT

REC_Y/MT_CONT

RP_IR

MT_F0

DOC_DET

Q107

UN9115J-(K)

SWITCH

R4.5/P3.4

C134

0.47u B

4.6

RB102 470kx4

C129

4700p

C133

0.01u B

REC_Y/MT_CONT

C132

0.01u

REC_L_CONT

REC_BIAS

DOC_DET

C131

0.01u B

RP_IR

C128

0.01u

C127

0.001u

C130

0.01u

Q105

UN9213J-(K)

SWITCH

MT_Q

REC_BIAS

3.8

PB_RF

REC_L_CONT

REC_Y/MT_CONT

RP_IR

MT_F0

DOC_DET

MT_Q

REC_BIAS

RF_AGC_CONT

REC_AFM

XRF_AGC_OFF

XMP/ME

VC_RF_SWP

AGC_SLOW

RP_PB_MODE

DOP

BOTH_REC

XFE_ON

VC_RF_SWP

DOP

REC_RF

PB_C_RF

RF_AGC_OUT

PB_C_RF

PB_RF

REC_2

TO(11/11)

TO(10/11)

TO(9/11)

TO(7/11)

TO(2/11)

TO(1/11)

REC/PB AMP

VC-272 (4/11)

4-31 4-32

Page 76

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.

• Refer to page 4-53 for waveforms.

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

VC-272 BOARD(5/11)

LINE OUT AMP(IO BLOCK)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

TO(10/11)

TO(11/11)

TO(8/11)

TO(1/11)

TO(2/11)

258

A_4.75V

REG_GND

VIDEO_I/O

Y_I/O

C_I/O

VOUT_ON

LINE_Y

C_OUT

IC151_Y_OUT

IC151_C_OUT

CL2302

CL2301

R2301

270

R2302

270

SIGNAL PATH

C2303

22p

L2302

5.6uH

C2301

33p

C2302

33p

C2304

22p CH

L2303

5.6uH

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

C2307

33p

L2304

8.2uH

C2305

120p

C2306

120p

C2308

33p

L2305

8.2uH

Q2301

UP04401008S0

BUFFER

C2310

150p

C2311

150p

0.9

C2319

2.2u

C2320

0.01u

C2312

10u

6.3V B

IC2301

12345678

MUTE_A

INA

GND

N.C.

INB

MUTE_B

Y/C MIX,BUFFER

IC2301

BA7665FS-E2

2.3

1.9

0.1 4.6

VCC1

OUTA1

OUTA2

VCC2

MIXOUT1

MIXOUT2

OUTB

N.C.

9 10111213141516

1.8

4.6

2.2

2.0

2.3

4106

L2301

10uH

Q2305

UP04316008

SWITCH

RB2301

2.2kx4

1.61.6

0.9

C2315

120p

1.2

2SD2216J-Q

C2316

120p

2SD2216J-Q

Q2302

AMP

R2310

R2313

Q2303

R2311

R2312

0.1

220

R2314

470

R2316

470

4.6

0.1

4.6

C2326

3.1

2.2

R2315

10k

3.1

2.2

R2317

10k

R2318

10k

2.9

R2319

18k

R2320

10k

2.9

R2321

18k

10u

6.3V B

3.1 3.1

C2317

C2318

UP04501008S0

4.64.6

2.52.5

Q2304

AMP

RB2302

2.2kx4

R2307

C2321 220u

C2325

0.01u

RB2303

75x4

C2322

22u

C2323

220u

C2324

22u

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA Y

REC

Y/CHROMA

LINE OUT AMP

4-33 4-34

VC-272 (5/11)

Page 77

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.

• Refer to page 4-54 for waveforms.

3 12

410136

141125

178 15

VC-272 BOARD(6/11)

SERVO(SE BLOCK)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

MECHANISM BLOCK (M2100)(2/2)

(PAGE 4-24)

M903

MOTOR

FG/PG

M901 DRUM MOTOR

TR848REF.NO.

15k

DRUM_VS

MT_4.75V

VTR_UNREG

DRUM_ERROR

CAP_ERROR

CAP_VS

D_2.8V

REG_GND

UNLOAD

LOAD

XLM_LIM_ON

LM_LIM_CONT

TAPE_END

TAPE_TOP

TAPE_LED_ON

TREEL_FG

SREEL_FG

XREEL_HALL_ON

DRUM_PWM

CAP_PWM

REG_GND

(MT_GND)

TO(10/11)

TO(7/11)

TO(3/11)

REC

REC/PB

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

TO(9/11)

TO(7/11)

CN704

CN706

CFG_DUTY

CAP_FG

CAP_ON

CAP_FWD

CAP_FG

DRUM_FG

DRUM_PG

DRUM_ON

DRUM_START

DRUM_BRAKE

MSW_C

MSW_B

MSW_A

HI8_MP_SW

XREC_PROF_SW

ME_SW

10P

22PCN707

GND(COM)

TO(8/11)

15PCN712

C_LOCK_SW

REC_PROOF

HALL_COM

T_REEL(-)

T_REEL(+)

SENSOR_VCC

S_REEL(+)

S_REEL(-)

REG_GND

TAPE_LED(A)

TAPE_LED(K)

TEPE_END(C)

TAPE_TOP(C)

LM(-)

LM(+)

VH-

HW2

HW1

HV2

HV1

HU2

HU1

VH+

Coil_V

Coil_W

Coil_U

Vo1

VCC

Vo2

DEW

DEW_AD

XCC_DOWN

HI8_MP

ME/MP

1PG

2FG-PG_COM

3FG

4COM

10U

R452 330k

R451

47k

R457

470

TO(11/11)

: Cannot be measured.

DRUM_ON

DRUM_START

DRUM_BRAKE

HW2

HW1

HV2

HV1

HU2

HU1

CAP_ON

CAP_FWD

CAP_FG

DRUM_FG

DRUM_PG

C492

0.1u

DRUM_W

DRUM_V

DRUM_U

DRUM_COM

RB451 100kx4

MSW_C

MSW_B

MSW_A

HI8_MP_SW

XREC_PROF_SW

ME_SW

LM_-

DRUM_PG_SENS

FG_PG_COM

DRUM_FG_SENS

DRUM_COM

DRUM_W

DRUM_V

DRUM_U

LM_+

DRUM_FG

DRUM_PG

CAP_ON

C463

0.1u

C453

0.1u B C454

0.1u

C457

C458

4.7u 35V

0.022u

C461

C462

C459

0.1u

R458

R459

DRUM_ON

R460

DRUM_START

C455

C456

C451

0.1u

DRUM_BRAKE

C485

0.047u B

R0/P0.4

2.8

123456

STBY D

OSC

2.8

SELSLP1

SELSLP2

1.8

0.3

CSLP1

0.3

CSLP2

2.8

910111213141516

VCC1

2.8

BRAKE

2.8

FRC

1.8

FILTER

2.1

2.8

RSAT

GND

1.4

FGOUT

17 18

C467

2200p

AGC

FG IN2

1.4

6364

C465

4700p

C466

C468

0.1u

470p

HV2

HV1

HW2

HW1

1.4

1.0

1.4

Vin119Vin2

Win121Win2

FGin-

FGin+

FGout

Vcc12Vcc23Vs4N.C.5Uout6Rf7Vout8Rf9Wout10VH+11VH-12ANGLE

2.8

8.3

1.3

0.7

MSW_C

MSW_B

MSW_A

CAP_FWD

CAP_ON

CAP_FG

DRUM_FG_SENS

FG_PG_COM

DRUM_PG_SENS

IC452

CAPSTAN MOTOR

DRIVE

R482

LB1991V-TLM

IC452

1.0

COM

1.0

1.3

FG IN

19 20

1.3

HU2

1.4

U IN

1.1

VREF

HU1

1.8

Uin117Uin2

0.7

C469

2200p

U OUT

1.0

1.3

PG IN

21 222324

1.0

1.8

STBY

1.9

C471 2200p

V IN

W IN

V OUT

W OUT

1.0

IC451

DRUM/LOADING MOTOR

DRIVE,REEL FG DRUM FG/PG

WAVE SHAPER

IC451

CXA8096R-T BM

R0.1/P0

PG OUT1

PGC

PG OUT2

CBEN

2.8

C473

C470

2.8

FRC

GND

0.9

0.8

LOAD

UNLOAD

000.1

DEC2

CBIN

25 26 27

0.3

0.2

R466

C472

LM_+

DEC1

CBOUT

CBLOUT

28 293031 32

0.4

0.7

LM_-

R469

82k

002.8

P0.6

R0.8R0P0.3

RFL

OUT1

0.7

DBIN

DBOUT

0.1

0.022u

R470

R467

R462

150

R468 3300

LM_LIM_CONT

OUT2

LIMEN

ISNF

N.C.

C475

C452

0.1u B

R471

XLM_LIM_ON

4950515253545556575859606162

LIM OUT

RSB

0.3

R461

180

END OUT

END IN

TOP IN

TOP OUT

RLDO2

RLDO1

R464

470

4.5

C460

0.1u

VCC2

RLO2

RLM2

RLP2

RLP1

RLM1

RLO1

GND

C476

0.01u

N.C.

R472

2SD2216J-Q

Q451

SWITCH

DRUM_ERROR

CAP_ERROR

CAP_VS

RB452 10kx4

1234567

C481

0.001u B

C478

0.047u C479

2.2u

DRUM_ERROR

XREEL_HALL_ON

TAPE_LED_ON

TAPE_END_C

TAPE_TOP_C

T_REEL_-

T_REEL_+

S_REEL_+

S_REEL_-

R481

4700

CAP_ERROR

0.001u

C482

C477

2.8

1.3

2.8

4.8

8.3

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

1.9

2.1

1.9

33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

R480

0.047u

C480

0.1u

R474

47k

R465

C464

4700

220p

UNLOAD

LOAD

XLM_LIM_ON

LM_LIM_CONT

TAPE_LED_ON

C483 470p

C484 470p

XREEL_HALL_ON

*MARKED:MOUNT TABLE

TR648E/TR748E

4700p 16V BC472

C473

0.022u 16V B

R466

10k

R467

47k

R470 10k

R480 47k 15k

SIGNAL PATH

Drum speed servo

Drum phase servo

Drum servo (speed and phase)

Capstan speed servo

Capstan phase servo

Capstan servo (speed and phase)

HI8_MP_SW

XREC_PROF_SW

ME_SW

T_REEL_-

T_REEL_+

S_REEL_+

S_REEL_-

TAPE_END_C

TAPE_TOP_C

C488

0.1u

C486

0.47u F

C487

0.1u

R483

39k

C489

0.1u B C490

0.1u C491

0.1u B

2.2

R484

2.2

R485

2.2

R486

CAP_VS

SERVO

VC-272 (6/11)

4-35 4-36

Page 78

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.

• Refer to page 4-54 for waveforms.

3 12

410136

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

8 15

141125

VC-272 BOARD(7/11)

MODE CONTROL,STEADY SHOT(VC,SE BLOCK)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

: Cannot be measured.

DRUM_START

TO(6/11)

XREC_PROF_SW

HI8_MP_SW

DRUM_BRAKE

DRUM_ON

DRUM_FG

DRUM_PG

XLM_LIM_ON

LM_LIM_CONT

TAPE_END

TAPE_TOP

SREEL_FG

TREEL_FG

CAP_PWM

DRUM_PWM

XREEL_HALL_ON

TAPE_LED_ON

TO(10/11)

SIGNAL PATH

Drum speed servo

Drum phase servo

Drum servo (speed and phase)

Capstan speed servo

Capstan phase servo

Capstan servo (speed and phase)

MSW_A

MSW_B

MSW_C

ME_SW

CAP_FG

CAP_ON

CAP_FWD

UNLOAD

REG_GND

D_2.8v

A_2.8V

RP_PB_MODE

DOP

C405

0.1u B

TO(1/11,2/11)

AGC_SLOW

VC_RF_SWP

AGC_SLOW

XCS_IC151

F_RATE

MECHA_VD

2.8

2.800.1

118

119

120

VDD

VFD_V

TAPE_LED_ON

LOAD

0000000

TAPE_LED_ON

LOAD

UNLOAD

XCS_IC151

XRST_IC151

DRUM_PG

117

DRUM_PG

MECHA_VD

VSS

UNLOAD

XRST_IC151

CK_CONT1

DRUM_FG

1.4

116

DRUM_FG

MSW_A35MSW_B

MSW_A

CK_CONT2

CAP_FG

1.4

115

CAP_FG

MSW_B

VIVDO

R0/P2.8

114

MSW_C

113

MEM_VD

MSW_C

TBC_VD

R404

2.8

112

TBC_VD

ME_SW

2.6

ME_SW

MECHA_HD

MECHA_FLD

100k

R0/P0.2

1.401.4

110

111

MECHA_HD

MECHA_FLD

HI8_MP_SW

REC_PROOF_SW

000

XREC_PROF_SW

HI8_MP_SW

SYS_V

CAP_FG

DA_STB

2.5

108

109

SYS_V

CFG_HMS

DA_STRB

MECHA/CAMERA/SERVO

MB91191RPFF-G-168-BN

TAPE_TOP

TAPE_END

XNS_ON_SW

2.7

LENS_FILTER_ON_SW

TAPE_TOP

TAPE_END

XTBC_V_RST

CL401

R0/P2.8

106

107

Z1_TEST

TBC_V_RST

IC402

CONTROL

IC402

ATF_SAMPLE

XSG_V_RST

2.8

R0/P0.5

ATF_SAMPLE

XSG_V_RST

104

105

INT_VD

RP_PB_MODE

R0.1/P2.8

RP_PB_MODE

XCS_AU

2.8

XCS_AU

SWP

1.4

RB404

2200X4

VC_RF_SWP

103

VSS

X1/2_SWP

1.7

X1/2_SWP

102

AVSS

XFE_ON

R1.2/P2.8

XFE_ON

SWP_DIR

LCD_HOLD

ATF_SAMPLE

SWP_DIR

YAW_AD

TREEL_FG

PITCH_AD

1.3

YAW_AD98MF_LED

FC_RST_LED

PWCTRL

2.8

IC801_PWCTRL

C407

1.3

PITCH_AD

AGC_SLOW

SREEL_FG

0.01u

1.9

2.0

S_REEL_FG_AD

T_REEL_FG_AD

BOTHREC

SSS/MTSW

BOTH_REC

SWP_DIR

RB402

4700X4

C406

0.01u

2.8

100

101

AVDD

AVRH

DRUM_START

XPWAD

DRUM_START

XPWAD_IC801

VC_SI

EVF_DD_ON

XCS_EVF_DA

XCS_LCD_DA

WEE2P

XCS_APOLLO

XRST_IC151

XCS_IC151

CK_CONT1

CK_CONT2

ZM_RST

FC_RST

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

VC_SI

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

C404

10p

C402

0.1u

PLA/GLASS

BR9080ARFV-WE2

XCS

2.8

XSCK

2.5

R0.4/ P0.2

2.5

IC401

EEPROM

XPWAD_IC801

IC401

DA_STB

XCS_AU

DA_STB

MSW_A

MSW_B

MSW_C

ME_SW

XREC_PROF_SW

HI8_MP_SW

DRUM_BRAKE

CAP_FG

CAP_ON

CAP_FWD

DRUM_ON

DRUM_FG

DRUM_PG

XLM_LIM_ON

LM_LIM_CONT

LOAD

REC

UNLOAD

TAPE_END

TAPE_TOP

SREEL_FG

TREEL_FG

CAP_PWM

DRUM_PWM

XREEL_HALL_ON

TAPE_LED_ON

REC/PB

DRUM_START

LOAD

RB408

100kX4

RB409

100kX4

ZM_RST_LED

DRUM_ON

CSE2P

XREEL_HALL_ON

LM_LIM_CONT

XLM_LIM_ON

CSE2P

XVC_SCK

VC_SO

VC_SI

IC801_PWCTRL

C403

10p

560k R402

R401

Vcc

xBUSY

RST

GND

XCS_IC801

XRST_IC151

X401

20MHz

2.8

TO(1/11,8/11)NOT USETO(9/11)

CL2303

WEE2P

206

TO(4/11)

XFE_ON

BOTH_REC

SYS_V

BOTH_REC

RP_PB_MODE

XFE_ON

SYS_V

1.2

VSS

MD2

2.8

MD1

MD0

2.8

XRST_VC

xA8/D8

R2.8

N.C.

/P0

EVF_DD_ON

2.8

XCS_EVF_DA

2.8

XCS_LCD_DA

HI8_TRAP_ON

2.8

XWE_EEPROM

0.1

LENS_DETE

XCS_IO

2.8

XCS_APOLLO

2.8

XRST

2.1

R2.8

XCS

/P0

R0/

CK_CONT1

P2.8

CK_CONT2

2.6

ZM_RST_SENS

2.6

FC_RST_SENS

2.8

ZM_RST_LED

2.8

VDD

2.8

DRUM_ON

2.8

R0/

XCS_EEPROM

P1.4

XREEL_HALL_ON

R0/

LM_LIM_CONT

P2.8

XLM_LIM_ON

C401

RB401

100kX4

ATF_SAMPLE

X1/2_SWP

DOP

0.1

2.8

DOP

XWEN

000

TO(2/11) TO(1/11)

VIVDO

MECHA_HD

VIVDO

R441

27k

AFC_F0_IN

HALL_AD

XCS_CH

XCH_SCK

VC_SO

SCK_VC

XCS_VC

HI_SCK

IRIS_PWM

CAP_PWM

CAP_ON

CAP_FWD

CH_SI

VC_SI

VSS

GND

N.C.

VDD

XTBC_V_RST

TBC_VD

XTBC_V_RST

TBC_VD

R442 100k

± 0.5%

SYS_V

JOG_VD

MECHA_VD

JOG_VD

MECHA_VD

DRUM_BRAKE

R430

0.1

1.9

EVFVG_AD

SYSTEM_AD

XDRUM_BRAKE

LENS_TEMP_AD

(HItVC) HI_SO

(VC tHI) HI_SI

VST_C_CHARGE

JOG_VD

LCD_HOLD

JOG_VD

LCD_HOLD

MECHA_FLD

GENERAL_AD

FOCUS_A_AD

FOCUS_B_AD

ZOOM_SW_AD

XCS_VC_STAR

PITCH_PWM

V_LIGHT_PWM

DRUM_PWM

VC_F_BUSY

XSG_V_RST

EVF_VG

1.3

1.4

1.6 R3.0

P1.5

R0.9/P0.2

2.8

2.5

R0.5/P0.2

2.5

2.9

R1.3/P0.5

R1.3/P0.6

R2.5/P2.8

R0.9/P0

1.2

0.6

2.8

XSG_V_RST

AFC_F0

(CCD-TR848)

R428

RB403

(CCD-TR648E/ TR748E)

0.1u

323

VC_SO

VC_SI

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

VC_SI

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

:CCD-TR648E/TR748E :CCD-TR848

R613

R614 100k

R612

10k

R611

10k

R439

R440

R417

CL706

100k

10k

C411

0.01u

C409

CL710

LIA2

VREF2

RB901 22kx4

C901

0.1u

XVC_SCK

2200

VC_SI

R613 47k 22k

C408

XCH_SCK

XVC_SCK

CH_SO

XCH_SCK

XCS_CH

VC_SI

XCS_VC

XHI_SCK

V_LIGHT_PWM

DRUM_PWM

C410

LIA1

IC901

NJM3230V(TE2)

C903

0.047u

IC901

STEADY SHOT

TO(11/11) TO(3/11)

CH_SO

XCS_CH

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

XCS_CH

LENS_TEMP_AD

HI_SO

HI_SI

CAP_PWM

0.01u B

CAP_ON

CAP_FWD

VST_C_RESET

RB902

22kx4

C904

0.047u

C902

0.1u

0.7

GND

LIB1

LIB211LIA2

0.7

0.9

1.3

C905

0.047u

XVC_SCK

ZOOM_VR_AD

HALL_AD

XCH_SCK

RB407 47kX4

IRIS_PWM

FC_RST_LED

0.047u

0.9

LIA1

HI2

LO2

1.3

C906

CH_SO

C908

1.3

22u

PLA/GLASS

C910

22u

1.3

HO15HI16LO1

HO2

1.3

FC_RST_LED

ZOOM_VR_AD

VREF1

R907

10k

1.3

Vref1

Vref2

AM2

1.3

ZM_RST

IRIS_PWM

ZM_RST

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

1.3

AM1

OUT2

1.302.8

R905

R906

10k

IRIS_PWM

HALL_AD

R908

1.3

PASS1OUT1

CRST

HALL_AD

FC_RST

C911

0.33u

R909

15k

VCC

L901 10uH

LENS_TEMP_AD

FC_RST

LENS_TEMP_AD

LENS_FILTER_ON_SW

EVF_VG

XCS_EVF_DA

XCS_LCD_DA

F_RATE

EVF_DD_ON

V_LIGHT_PWM

C913

4.7u

LENS_FILTER_ON_SW

ZM_RST_LED

VC_RF_SWP

LCD_HOLD

VREF1

VREF2

LIA1

LIA2

PITCH_AD

VST_C_RESET

YAW_AD

HI_SO

HI_SI

XHI_SCK

XCS_VC

ZOOM_VR_AD

HI_SO

HI_SI

XHI_SCK

XCS_VC

XSYS_RST

VC_RF_SWP

LCD_HOLD

EVF_VG

XCS_EVF_DA

XCS_LCD_DA

F_RATE

EVF_DD_ON

V_LIGHT_PWM

VREF1

VREF2

LIA1

LIA2

TO(8/11)

TO(2/11,8/11 11/11)

TO(11/11)

4-37 4-38

MODE CONTROL, STEADY SHOT

VC-272 (7/11)

Page 79

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.

• Refer to page 4-54 for waveforms.

VC-272 BOARD(8/11)

HI CONTROL(HI BLOCK)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

TO(1/11,

7/11)

NOT USE

TO(9/11)

TO(2/11,

7/11,

11/11)

TO(2/11)

TO(7/11)

TO(1/11)

TO(5/11)

TO(10/11)

USB_D+PULLUP

USB_DET

XSYS_RST

OSD_SO

XCS_OSD

XOSD_SCK

EVER_3.0V

ZOOM_VR_AD

XHI_SCK

CAM_DD_ON

VOUT_ON

REG_GND

VTR_UNREG

BATT_UNREG

VTR_DD_ON

CAM_DD_ON

INIT_CHARGE_ON

FAST_CHARGE

BATT/XEXT_SW

BATT_SIG

XCS_VC

SYS_V

D_2.8V

USB_D+PULLUP

BEEP

SP+

SP-

ZOOM_VR_AD

HI_SO

HI_SI

CAM_DD_ON

VTR_DD_ON

CAM_DD_ON

INIT_CHARGE_ON

FAST_CHARGE

BATT/XEXT_SW

3 12

MELODY_ENV

SIRCS_ENV

USB_DET

XSYS_RST

OSD_SO

XCS_OSD

XOSD_SCK

XHI_SCK

XCS_VC

VOUT_ON

BATT_SIG

SYS_V

HI_SO

BEEP

SP+

SP-

HI_SI

MELODY

NS_LIGHT_ON

D501

MA132WK-(K8).SO

MA111-(K8).S0

D504

UN9216J-(K)

BATT_SIG

BUFFER

D505

470kx4

RB502

KEY_AD5

DEW_AD

USB_DET

BATT/XEXT_SW

SIRCS_ENV

MELODY_ENV

DIAL_B

DIAL_A

SYS_V

XTALLY_LED

XLANC_POWER_ON

XS_JACK_IN

V_JACK_IN

XSIRCS_SIG

XF_TALLY_LED

SIRCS_PW/NS_L_ON

XCC_DOWN

DEW_AD

SP+

SP-

LI_3V

KEY_AD4

KEY_AD3

KEY_AD2

DIAL_B

DIAL_A

XCS_LCD_DRIVER

LCD_COM/XDATA

OSD_SO

XOSD_SCK

ZOOM_VR_AD

KEY_AD1

KEY_AD0

XHI_RESET

XEJECT_SW

XCAM+STBY_SW

XVTR_MODE_SW

XS/S_SW

KEY_AD4

KEY_AD5

KEY_AD3

KEY_AD2

KEY_AD0

KEY_AD1

R569

XS_JACK_IN

8 6 4 2

R507

2.8

HP_SENS

1234567

2.8

XLI_PRE_END32HI_SI

2.802.6

KEY_AD093KEY_AD194KEY_AD295KEY_AD396KEY_AD497KEY_AD598KEY_AD699KEY_AD7

R1.1

/P0.6

HI_SI

RB513

2200x4

DEW

ACV_SENSE

xHI_SCK

HI_SO

R1.2

/P0.6

HI_SO

XHI_SCK

R508

2.5

3.0

BATT_SENSE

IC503

MODE CONTROL

CXP921048A-053R-T6

MELODY

0.1

CL701

C513

0.022u B

MELODY

RB504

1kx4

±0.5%

±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5%

1234567

2.8

P2.8

R0/

100

XLANC_JACK_IN

N.C.

VTR_DD_ON

CAM_DD_ON

/P0

3.0

R3.0

CAM_DD_ON

VTR_DD_ON

C505

C506

0.01u

C507

0.01u

C508

0.01u

C509

0.01u

C510

0.01u

C512

0.01u

R518

220k

C511

0.01u

220k

R519

470k

R520

470k

R521

C504

0.1u B

C503

47u

1234567

RB505 47kx4

RB503

470kx4

1234567

1 3 5 7

RB501

2.8

LANC_IN

0.2

LANC_OUT

2.9

XCS_VC

R0/

P2.8

XSIRCS_IN

SDC_OUT

R0/

P1.9

XF_TALLY_LED

XIR_LED_ON

R3.2/

P3.0

USB_D+PULLUP

2.8

XSYS_RST

1.2

VOUT_ON

R0/

P1.2

XTALLY_LED

XLANC_ON

GND

1kx4

XVTR_MODE_SW

2 4 6 8

R2.9/

P2.6

XCAM+STBY_SW

R0/

P2.5

XS/S_SW

R2.9/

P2.5

XEJECT_SW

XCC_DOWN

R2.9/

P2.4

XPHOTO_FREEZE

XPHOTO_STBY_SW

R2.9/

P2.6

XLANC_POWER_ON

CL702

HI_TXD

CL703

HI_RXD

LCD_COM_XDATA

3.0

INIT_CHARGE_ON

R525

2 4

5 7

RB512

V_JACK_IN

7 5

RB506

10kx4

RB507

2200x4

1234567

RB508 1Mx4

2 4

5 7

3.0

R2.7/P0R2.7/

VDD

VDD87GND

V_JACK_IN

XDRY_BATT

XS_JACK_IN

JACK_MONO(RCH)

IC503

20MHZ_IN

XRESET

TEST_PORT

20MHZ_OUT

NS_LIGHT_ON

VDD

GND

3.0

1.5

3.002.8

R542

47k

R543

560k

X501

20MHz

NS_LIGHT_ON

SHOE_ON

EXT_MIC_DET

XCS_OSD

OSD_SO

2.8

OSD_SO

XCS_OSD

XCS_VSC

XOSD_SCK

2.9

XOSD_SCK

N.C.

CHARGE_INH

3.0

AVDD

LCD_LED_ON

IB_SI

IB_SO49FAST_CHARGE

0.2

0.3

3.0

AVREF_1

AVREF_0

HOTSHOE_ID2

HOTSHOE_ID1

USB_DET

BATT/XEXT

DS_BUSY

(ex.VC_RF_SWP)

TEST_PORT(N8)

XCS_LCD_DRIVER

SIRCS_ENV

MELODY_ENV

32KHZ_OUT

32KHZ_IN

RB509

220kx4 1 3 5 7

FAST_CHARGE

DIAL B

DIAL A

SYS_V

BATT_IN

2 4 6 8

R554

R552 10M

RB510 1kx4

1 3 5 7

C514

100k

2 4 6 8

6800p

C515

22p

C516

18p CH

3.0

GND

3.0

R0/ P0.3

GND

N.C.

R2.7 /P0

2.7

2.5

3.0

2.9

N.C.

GND

1.5

1.1

3.0

VDD

X502

32.768kHz

RB511 470kx4

1234567

R558

470

XCS_LCD_DRIVER

C517

0.1u B

SP+(BEEP)

SP-

LI_3V

KEY_AD0

REG_GND

XHI_RESET

KEY_AD4

D_2.8V

KEY_AD3

KEY_AD2

D_2.8V

KEY_AD1

DIAL_B

DIAL_A

KEY_AD2

XCS_LCD_DRIVER

LCD_COM/XDATA

OSD_SO

XOSD_SCK

EVER_3.0V

DISP_BL/EL_BL

REG_GND

ZOOM_VR

D_2.8V

N.C.

REG_GND

XPHOTO_FREEZE

KEY_AD1

D_2.8V

KEY_AD0

XHI_RESET

XEJECT_SW

N.C.

REG_GND

XCAM+STBY_SW

XVTR_MODE_SW

REG_GND

XS/S_SW

REG_GND

LANC_IN

LANC_OUT

KEY_AD5

XTALLY_LED

XLANC_POWER_ON

XS_JACK_IN

V_JACK_IN

XSIRCS_SIG

XF_TALLY_LED

SIRCS_PW/NS_L_ON

XCC_DOWN

DEW_AD

CN709

CN711

178 15 21

TO(11/11)

TO(6/11)

22P

TO CF-088 BOARD CN001

THROUGH THE

(

FP-417 FLEXIBLE

(PAGE 4-21)

12PCN710

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (SS-2000)

S002

START/STOP

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(FK-2000,SS-2000) are replaced as a block. So that its PRINTED WIRING BOARD are omitted.

410136 20

2.8

Q502

R565

S-817A33A NB-CUW-T2

IC504

1234567

R567

3300

R562

R561 2200

D502

MA132WK-(K8).SO

3.07.6

N.C.

Vout

GND2Vin

C501

0.1u B

IC504

3V REG

RB514

100kx4

3.0

2.6 0.2

R502 2200

C518

0.1u B

R503

MA728-(K8).S0

3.20.4

R568

3.0

7.6

VIN

VRO

VSS

PREEND

D503

Q501

HN1L02FU(TE85R)

I/F BLOCK

0.10.1

Q503

UP04213008 SIRCS I/F

SIRCS_PWM/NS_L_ON

3.0

VOUT

VBAT3CS

3.1

R1.9/P1.4

R559

LI_3V

BEEP

3.0

RESET

IC502

3.0

C502

IC502

BD4181FV-E2

INIT RESET

BACKUP VCC

XCS_VC

XSIRCS_SIG

MA111-(K8).S0

XF_TALLY_LED

USB_D+PULLUP

XSYS_RST

VOUT_ON

XTALLY_LED

XVTR_MODE_SW

XCAM+STBY_SW

XS/S_SW

XEJECT_SW

XCC_DOWN

XLANC_POWER_ON

LCD_COM/XDATA

INIT_CHARGE_ON

XHI_RESET

189

)

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2000)

S003

S013

RESET

S001

EJECT

R002

10k

R001

10k

(CCD-TR648E/ TR748E ONLY)

R003 1200

S001

POWER

PLAYER

OFF(CHARGE)

CAMERA

19141125

S004

R004 1200

R006 1500

RV001

VIDEO LIGHT

RV001

ZOOM

20K

S007

S005

STOP

R008 2200

S008

S009

REW

PLAY

R009 3900

S011

S010

R010 3900

PAUSE

S002

R005 1500

S006

R007 2200

HI CONTROL

VC-272 (8/11)

4-39 4-40

Page 80

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.

3 12

410136

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

1411258

VC-272 BOARD(9/11)

AUDIO(AU BLOCK)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

TO(10/11)

TO(8/11)

NOT USE

AUDIO_L_I/O

TO(11/11)

SIGNAL PATH

AUDIO

SIGNAL

REC

A_4.75V

A_2.8V

AU_2.8V

AU_4.75V

MT_4.75V

REG_GND

IC801_L

INT_MIC_L

REC_AFM

BEEP

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

4.7

FB602

0uH

FB601

0uH

C363

R364

C602

4.7u F

SP+

SP-

IC352

VDD

OUT

R387

IN(-)

VSS

IN(+)

123

R391

R382

47k

C256

0.22u

R255 8200

C254

0.1u

R388

UP04316008

R-1.5 P-0.8

Q355

MUTE

C257

4700p

R256

R365

C382

R351

0 R-1.5/P-0.8

C259

4.7u B

2.8

1.4

R254

1.4

18k

1.4

R253

10k

2.8

1.4

C252

0.01u B

R251 2200

RB353

10u

C251

C376

C603

IC251

BH7873FV-E2

VCC

TEST1

12131415

L_OUT

MTX_AMP_OUT_L

MTX_AMP_IN_L

SUB_SIG_OUT_L

1617181920

N.C.

TEST2

REG_2.5V

IN_L

BIAS

6.3V

GND

C355

C356

C352

10u

C354

R363

2.4

4.7

2.3

1.1

IC251

MIC AMP

C365

R3.4/P2.4

R353

R356

C358

0.22u

12345678910

C357

22u

6.3V

C359

6.3V10u

C398

2.5

C253

47u

6.3V

R1.4/P0

4.7u B

Q354

SP+

SP_GND

SP-

HP_L

HP_GND

HP_R

IR_OUT_L

IR_OUT_R

LINE_OUT_L

LINE_OUT_R

MUTE_OUT

VCCH

VREFH

VREF

MIC_IN_L

LINE_IN_L

C364

0.47u B

RB351

C383

TCH_R

NRDC_R

0.1u

C381

WEIGHT_R

RB352

C367

C369

C371

4.8

2.4

P2.4

R0.7/

P2.4

SP_IN

SP_VREF

BEEP_IN

SP_SIG

SP_VCC

C372

2.3

SP_OUT

CTLPF

C374

22u

2.8

VCC

TC_R

IC351

AFM PROCESSOR

IC351

CXA3285BR-T6

AGCTC2MIC_IN_R3LINE_IN_R4REC_OUT_L5REC_OUT_R6AU_GND7PB_IN_L8PB_IN_R9FADER10IREF11RF_GND12IFDC_L13IFDC_R14FSC15RFDC_L16RFDC_R

0.1

R368 150k

C366

3.3u 25V

C375

0.1u

1.2

1.1

C380

R372

47k

C386

C384

0.22u B

1.2

0.5

1.2

TC_L

TCH_L

NRDC_L

RECFM_OUT/BPF_MONI

MONO_OUT(SO)

1.1

0.1

C385

1.1

WEIGHT_L

PLL_LOOP_L

PLL_LOOP_R

MUTE_TC

BPF_ADJ

ST/MONO_TC

PB_RF_IN

RF_AGC_TC

RF_SWP

MIC_MONO

REC_Y/MT_CONT

REC_L_CONT

MT_F0

XRF_AGC_OFF

XMP/ME

CFG_DUTY

1.5M_DEV

AU_BPF

A_FADE

CS_IN

CK_IN

SI_IN

DEV_L

DEV_R

R0.7 P1.6

R0.1 P0.7

R1.1 P1.6

1.7

0.1

R1.5 P2.5

1.4

2.8

2.5

0.4

2.5

1.4

4.7

R3.1

P1.0

3.9

2.1

4.6

1.7

1.4

1.7

2.8

C389

0.22u

R373 470k

0.01u

XCS_AU

XVC_SCK

C393

VC_SO

12345678

91011121314

0.01u

VC_SI

FSC

IC601

BH2222FV-E2

A_4.9V(VCC)

A_4.9V(VDD2)

REC_Y/MT_CONT

REC_L_CONT

MT_F0

XRF_AGC_OFF

XMP/ME

CFG_DUTY

1.5M_DEV

AU_BPF

IR_CARR

A_FADE

D_3.2V(VDD1)

GND

IC601

D/A CONVERTER(EVR)

C394

0.47u

C390

0.001u

C392

RF_AGC_CONT

AFC_F0_ADJ

HALL_GAIN

HALL_OFFSET

C396

0.01u B

1.5M_DEV

DOC_DET

RP_IR

FRQ_TUNE

REC_BIAS

MT_Q

HALL_REF

SWP(SEL)

STB(LD)

AU_BPF

R379

820

C397

68p CH

A_FADE

2.5

CLK

R0.5/ P0.2

2.3

3.8

2.2

1.8

2.3

1.1

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

0.5

0.9

1.7

0.8

1.4

15 16 17 18 19 20

XVC_SCK

VC_SO

DOC_DET

RF_AGC_CONT

RP_IR

FRQ_TUNE

REC_BIAS

MT_Q

HALL_REF

HALL_GAIN

HALL_OFFSET

DA_STB

REC_AFM

PB_RF

REC_AFM

PB_RF

RP_IR

REC_L_CONT

RF_AGC_CONT

REC_Y/MT_CONT

REC_BIAS

MT_F0

DOC_DET

MT_Q

XMP/ME

XRF_AGC_OFF

HALL_GAIN

HALL_OFFSET

HALL_REF

FRQ_TUNE

CFG_DUTY

DA_STB

XCS_AU

VC_SI

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

FSC

VC_RF_SWP

REC_AFM

PB_RF

RP_IR

REC_L_CONT

RF_AGC_CONT

REC_Y/MT_CONT

REC_BIAS

MT_F0

DOC_DET

MT_Q

XMP/ME

XRF_AGC_OFF

HALL_GAIN

HALL_OFFSET

HALL_REF

FRQ_TUNE

CFG_DUTY

DA_STB

XCS_AU

AFC_FO_ADJ

VC_SI

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

FSC

TO(4/11)

TO(3/11)

TO(1/11)

TO(6/11)

TO(7/11)

TO(2/11)

4-41 4-42

AUDIO

VC-272 (9/11)

Page 81

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.

• Refer to page 4-54 for waveforms.

VC-272 BOARD(10/11)

DC-DC CONVERTER(DD BLOCK)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

(DCIN)(BATTERY)

BT901

BATTERY TERMINAL

C002

C003

0.047u

C005

0.1u

CN001

BL_CONT

CAP_ERROR

DRAM_ERROR

R080

R004

R001

22k

C001 220p

0.1u B

C004

0.1u B

C060

VTR_DD_ON

SIGNAL PATH

Drum servo (speed and phase)

Capstan servo (speed and phase)

33kR002

R007

C009 5600p

Q015

2SB1132-T100-Q

8.3 4.8

R7.9/

P7.7

8.3

Q014

1.4

0.9

R027

10k

0.5%

Q014,015

4.75V REG

C045

33u 4V

D007

C042

4.7u

C043

4.7u

D006

L013

4.7uH

22uH

C050

2.2u

6.3V B

C046

22u

6.3V A

4.8

R029 4700

C049

4.7u 10V

C061

C051

BATT_STG

BATT_XEXT_SW

Q002

TPCS8302(TE12L)

6BATT_UNREG

5BATT_SIG

4ACV_UNREG

3ACV_GND

2BATT/XEXT

1BATT_GND

F005

C008

0.01u B

R006

1kR003

D002

MAZT082H08SD

1SS383(T5RSONY1)

C011

0.022u

R011

220

0.8

FEED_BACK-5

1718

1.5

OUTPUT_MONITOR-4

1.5

INV_INPUT-4

1920212223242526272829303132

0.7

FEED_BACK-4

0.8

22k

1.3

SCP

1.5

MOS_DUTY

GND

2.1

SOFT_START

1.5

VREF

8.3

VCC

3.0

STANDBY-3

3.0

STANDBY

1.4

STANDBY-7

0.8

FEED_BACK-3

1.5

R009

SWITCH

7.9

8.1

C073

C074

231

D001

0.7

0.8

INV_INPUT-5

NONINV_INPUT-5

R008

100k

C013

R014

4700p

R0/P2.1

0.8

0.4

INV_INPUT-6

FEED_BACK-6

OUTPUT_MONITOR-5

7.9

4700

0.4

NONINV_INPUT-6

IC001

DC/DC CONVERTER

CXA3282R-T6

INV_INPUT-3

OUTPUT_MONITOR-3

FEED_BACK-2

INV_INPUT-2

OUTPUT_MONITOR-2

33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

15.7

FEED_BACK-1

1.1

1.5

4.7

0.9

33k

R012

C014

470p

C012

1500p

1.3

1.5

5 13

Q003,004

CHARGE CONTROL

RB001

47x4

R017

785

8.3

R020

C015

910111213141516

OUTPUT_MONITOR-6

8.3

8.1

R021

INV_INPUT-7

FEED_BACK-7

R018

8.3

6800

R054

8.3

NONINV_INPUT-7

OUTPUT_MONITOR-7

7.6

Q003

R023

C017

C018

8.3

6.6

OUTPUT_VCC-7

BOOT_CAP_H-7

2SA2058(TE85L)

0.1

BOOT_CAP_L-7

OUTPUT_GND-4,5,6,7

IC001

INV_INPUT-1

OUTPUT_MONITOR-1

COMP

MOS_GATE-1

BOOT_CAP_H-1

BOOT_CAP_L-1

OUTPUT-1

8.5

C016

0.001u

OUTPUT-2

6.9

8.0

7.8

6.6

C019

0.001u

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

2.9

1.5

8200

R016

REC/PBREC PB

FAST_CHARGE

INIT_CHARGE_ON

Q004

UN9213J-(K8).SO

3.0

R010

CHARGE CONTROL

8.3

12345678

-4,5,6

OUTPUT-7

OUTPUT_VCC

OUTPUT-6

BOOT_CAP_L-6

BOOT_CAP_H-6

BOOT_CAP_H-5

BOOT_CAP_L-5

OUTPUT-5

OUTPUT-4

BOOT_CAP_L-4

BOOT_CAP_H-4

MOS_GATE-4

OUTPUT_GND-1,2,3

BOOT_CAP_H-3

BOOT_CAP_L-3

OUTPUT-3

OUTPUT_ VCC-1,2,3

BOOT_CAP_L-2

BOOT_CAP_H-2

8.2

C010

0.022u B

Q001

2SD2216J-Q

8.1

7.1

8.7

8.6

7.1

8.1

8.2

7.2

8.7

8.5

7.0

8.1

8.3

924 7

BL_REG

CAP_VS

VL_UNREG

VTR_UNREG

BATT_UNREG

8.3

8.1

C028

4.7u 10V

8.3

8.1

8.3

8.2

8.3

8.0

C027

4.7u B

8.3

Q006

C026

Q009-Q012

SWITCHING

Q011

XN09D6100LS0

Q012

XN09D6100LS0

Q009

XN09D6100LS0

Q010

XN09D6100LS0

8.1

123

Q007

CPH6102-TL

SWITCHING

8.3

7.8

C029

4.7u 10V

L001

C030

1.3

R2.2/ P1.9

1.5

2.9

XN09D6100LS0

SWITCHING

F004

1.4A

F003

1.4A

F002

1.4A

F001

1.4A

7.9

C025

0.1u

C020

10u

C021

0.001u

63 64

C022

0.001u B

C023

0.001u

C024

0.001u

49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62

DRUM_VS

L003

C032

R025

L005 22uH

C035

4.7u 10V

C036

4.7u 10V

L004

Q008

47k

L006 33uH

R026

22k

0.5%

L011

L007

4.7uH

22uH

C039

C037

2.2u

4.7u

6.3V

10V

L008

L009

L010

22uH

FB001 0uH

C038

C033

10u

4.7u 10V

6.3V

T001

C034

4.7

L002 33uH

C031

4.7u 10V

LND008

Q016

2SA1832F-Y

UP04501008

C059

4.7uH

C041

1SS383(T5RSONY1)

MN2S02FU(T5RSONY1)

L012

22uH

L014

L016

22uH

C040

22u

6.3V

-15V REG

R035

47k

R036

100k

Q020,023

SWITCH

2SD2216J-Q

-7.0V REG

Q019

UP04401008

-7.0V REG

R037

100k

R039

C053

0.1u B

Q073

Q021

-9.7

R-9.5 P-9.7

R-9.5/

P-9.7

R0.5

/P0

R038

22k

Q023

2SB1462J-Q

15.7

R15.1/

P15.7

4.7

R3.0

/P0

R2.4/P0

R079

14.1 13.3

13.9

R077 100k

R-7.6/P0.3

2SD2216J-Q

R040

22k

R078

12k

R14.9/P0

R14.9 /P0

R4.2/ P5.0

Q022

SWITCH

R-7.6/ P0.3

Q020

UP04501008SO

R4.9/P0

*MARKED:MOUNT TABLE

TR648E/

REF.NO.

TR748E

R041

R042

C054

4.7u

R-1.0 /P0.2

R044

R043 220k

0.5%

C055

100k

4.7u

0.5%

R045

R046

BL_CONT

VL_UNREG

BL_REG

A_2.8V

A_4.75V

EP_2.8V

D_2.8V

EVF_PANEL_4.75V

EP_13.3V

PANEL_-15.3V

VTR_UNREG

BATT_UNREG

D_2.8V

VTR_DD_ON

CAN_DD_ON

TR848

100kR041 68k

10kR042 22k

39kR045 47k

6.8kR046 18k

CAM_-7.0V

CL705

CAM_15V

Q027

PANEL_-15.3V

R049

R047

R050

Q026

4.7uH

R051

EP_13.3V

L017

R048

INIT_CHARGE_ON

FAST_CHARGE

BATT/XEXT_SW

BATT_SIG

VTR_UNREG

DRUM_VS

DRUM_ERROR

CAP_VS

CAP_ERROR

MT_4.75V

D_2.8V

A_2.8V

A_4.75V

A_2.8V

AU_2.8V

MT_4.75V

AU_4.75V

CAM_15V

A_4.75V

CAM_-7.0V

D_2.8V

A_2.8V

C057

RP_4.75V

A_4.75V

D_2.8V

MT_4.75V

D_2.8V

D_1.5V

C058

A_2.8V

2.2u F

A_4.75V

D_2.8V

D_1.5V

AU_2.8V

BL_CONT

VL_UNREG

BL_REG

A_2.8V

A_4.75V

EP_2.8V

D_2.8V

EVF_PANEL_4.75V

EP_13.3V

PANEL_-15.3V

REG_GND

VTR_UNREG

BATT_UNREG

D_2.8V

VTR_DD_ON

CAM_DD_ON

INIT_CHARGE_ON

FAST_CHARGE

BATT/XEXT_SW

BATT_SIG

VTR_UNREG

DRUM_VS

DRUM_ERROR

CAP_VS

CAP_ERROR

MT_4.75V

D_2.8V

REG_GND

D_2.8V

A_2.8V

A_4.75V

A_2.8V

AU_2.8V

MT_4.75V

AU_4.75V

REG_GND

CAM_15V

A_4.75V

CAM_-7.0V

D_2.8V

A_2.8V

REG_GND

RP_4.75V

REG_GND

A_4.75V

REG_GND

A_4.75V

D_2.8V

REG_GND

MT_4.75V

D_2.8V

D_1.5V

A_2.8V

A_4.75V

REG_GND

D_2.8V

D_1.5V

AU_2.8V

REG_GND

Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted

line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

1716

NOT USE

TO(11/11)

TO(8/11)

TO(6/11)

TO(7/11)

TO(9/11)

TO(1/11)

TO(4/11)

TO(5/11)

TO(3/11)

TO(2/11)

11 1514

MT_4.75V

R033

22k

0.5%

R1.9 P1.7

C052

4.7u

R034

10k

0.5%

Q018

UN9213J-(K8).SO

EMERGENCY DETECT

AU_4.75V

A_4.75V

RP_4.75V

CAM_DD_ON

A_4.75V

2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO

D_1.5V

A_4.75V

D_2.8V

A_2.8V

AU_2.8V

EP_2.8V

R031

47k

1.5

-1.3

C047

2.2u

R032

22k

C048

EVF_PANEL_4.75V

CL711

C062

10u

6.3V B

DC-DC CONVERTER

VC-272 (10/11)

4-43

4-44

Page 82

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.

VC-272 BOARD(11/11)

CONNECTOR(CN BLOCK)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

*MARKED:MOUNT TABLE

REF.NO.

C708 XX 4.7u

L705

Q702

Q703 XX 2SK1829(TE)

R701 1kXX

TR848

XX 10uH

(CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

VIDEO

LIGHT

J201

TR648E/

TR748E

10V B

2SA2058(TE)

100kXXR703

1kXXR704

(PAGE 4-18)

FP-397

VIDEO LIGHT,S VIDEO

LIGHT VCC

LIGHT GND

LND151

LND152

LND154

LND155

LND102

FLEXIBLE

SOL001

VIDEOS

OUT

A/V OUT

J202

RFU DC OUT

LND101

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA

REC

Y/CHROMAY

EVF_PANEL_4.75V

PANEL_-15.3V

VL_UNREG

INT_MIC_L

A_2.8V

VREF2

VREF1

XF_TALLY_LED

D_2.8V

XSIRCS_SIG

A_4.75V

VL_UNREG

V_LIGHT_PWM

XS_JACK_IN

VIDEO_I/O

AUDIO_L_I/O

V_JACK_IN

D702

MAZT082H08S0

A_4.75V

REC/PBREC

A_4.75V

A_2.8V

D_2.8V

EP_13.3V

EP_2.8V

BL_REG

BL_CONT

LIA2

LIA1

C_I/O

Y_I/O

NOT USE

EVF_B

EVF_R

EVF_G/BW_Y

TO(2/11)

8/11)

TO(4/11)

TO(7/11)

TO(6/11)

TO(7/11)

TO(8/11)

TO(9/11)

TO(5/11)

PANEL_XVD

PANEL_XHD

PANEL_SYNC

PANEL_B

PANEL_G

PANEL_R

V_LIGHT_PWM

XLANC_POWER_ON

SIRCS_POWER/NS_L_ON

XF_TALLY_LED

TO(2/11,7/11,

3 12

TO(10/11)

TO SI-033 BOARD CN752

THROUGH THE FP-418 FLEXIBLE

AUDIO

SIGNAL

410136

A_4.75V

A_2.8V

D_2.8V

EP_13.3V

EP_2.8V

EVF_PANEL_4.75V

PANEL_-15.3V

BL_REG

VL_UNREG

BL_CONT

REG_GND

16P

CN703

SIRCS_PWM/IR_DRV_EM

XF_TALLY_LED

20P

CN702

UNREG_GND

XS_JACK_IN

AUDIO_L_I/O

MIC_GND

SE_GND

REG_GND

XSIRCS_SIG

A_4.75V

VL_UNREG

S_C_I/O

REG_GND

S_Y_I/O

REG_GND

VIDEO_I/O

REG_GND

V_JACK_IN

REG_GND

RF_DC_OUT

MIC_L

MIC_R

A_2.8V

VREF2

VREF1

D_2.8V

N.C.

LIA2

LIA1

Q702

C707

D703

VDR701

C701

6.3V

Q703

47u

SIGNAL PATH

Q702,703 VL UNREG SW

8.3

R701

8.3

VDR704

Q704

XN4608-TX

RF DC SWITCH

8.3

VDR706

SIRCS_PWM/NS_L_ON

L705

R702

R704

VDR707

4.6

R703

RB705

10x4

4.6

4.0

R705 5600

C708

* B

R706

4.44.0

R707

22k

D_3.3V

XSYS_RST

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

CAP_FG

EVF_VG

XCS_LCD_DA

LCD_HOLD

XCS_EVF_DA

F_RATE

EVF_DD_ON

VC_RF_SWP

XTALLY_LED

KEY_AD5

LANC_IN

LANC_OUT

XSIRCS_SIG

XS_JACK_IN

V_JACK_IN

REC_AFM

INT_MIC_L

AUDIO_L_I/O

VIDEO_I/O

PB_RF

REC_2

VREF2

VREF1

C_I/O

Y_I/O

LIA1

LIA2

COLOR

B/W

EVF_G/BW_Y

PANEL_XVD

PANEL_XHD

PANEL_SYNC

PANEL_B

PANEL_G

PANEL_R

XSYS_RST

XVC_SCK

XCS_LCD_DA

LCD_HOLD

XCS_EVF_DA

EVF_DD_ON

VC_RF_SWP

V_LIGHT_PWM

XTALLY_LED

KEY_AD5

XLANC_POWER_ON

LANC_IN

LANC_OUT

SIRCS_POWER/NS_L_ON

XF_TALLY_LED

XSIRCS_SIG

XS_JACK_IN

V_JACK_IN

REC_AFM

INT_MIC_L

AUDIO_L_I/O

VIDEO_I/O

EVF_B

EVF_R

PB_RF

REC_2

VC_SO

CAP_FG

EVF_VG

F_RATE

VREF2

VREF1

C_I/O

Y_I/O

EVF_VG

EVF_B

EVF_R

EVF_G/BW_Y

PANEL_XVD

PANEL_XHD

VC_SO

XVC_SCK

XCS_EVF_DA

F_RATE

XSYS_RST

EP_13.3V

EP_2.8V

XTALLY_LED

EVF_PANEL_4.75V

EVF_DD_ON

Q706

R716

IC701

REF2ANODE3CATHODE

R722

C710

BL_REG

BL_CONT

PANEL_-15.3V

EP_13.3V

EVF_PANEL_4.75V

EP_2.8V

XVC_SCK

XCS_LCD_DA

VC_SO

PANEL_XVD

PANEL_SYNC

LCD_HOLD

PANEL_B

PANEL_G

PANEL_R

KEY_AD5

XSYS_RST

EVF_VG

XLANC_POWER_ON

LANC_IN

LANC_OUT

PB_RF

REC_2

VC_RF_SWP

CAP_FG

REC_AFM

LIA1

LIA2

0.1u

Capstan speed servo

RB704

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

141125

C713

4.7u

CN705 20P

N.C.

VCO

EVF_B

EVF_R

EVF_G/BW_Y

PANEL_XVD

PANEL_XHD

HI_SO

XHI_SCK

XCS_EVF

REG_GND

XSYS_RST

EVF_13.3V

EVF_2.8V

REG_GND

XTALLY_LED

EVF_4.75V

CN701

SE_GND

BL_GND

BL_REG

BL_CONT

PANEL_-15.3V

PANEL_13.3V

PANEL_4.75V

PANEL_2.8V

REG_GND

XVC_SCK

XCS_LCD_DA

VC_SO

PANEL_XVD

C-SYNC

PANEL_HOLD

PANEL_B

PANEL_G

PANEL_R

AD5

XSYS_RST

16P

CN713

N.C.

VCO

EVF_VG

XLANC_POWER_ON

LANC_IN

LANC_OUT

REG_GND

PB_RF

REG_GND

REC_RF

REG_GND

RF_SWP

CAP_FG

BPF_MONI

IR_VIDEO

N.C.

TO LB-073 BOARD CN7701

THROUGH THE

(

FP-401 FLEXIBLE

(PAGE 4-10)

TO VF-150 BOARD CN2001

THROUGH THE

(

FP-401 FLEXIBLE

(PAGE 4-13)

CPC

(FOR CHECK)

)

RB707

R720 XX

RB701

R713

C712

R717

R718

R719

B/W

R721

COLOR

0x4

C711

4-45 4-46

CONNECTOR

VC-272 (11/11)

Page 83

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

VC-272 (CAMERA PROCESSOR AMP, Y/C PROCESSOR, FOCUS/ZOOM MOTOR DRIVE, REC/PB AMP, LINE OUT AMP, SERVO, MODE CONTROL,

STEADY SHOT, HI CONTROL, AUDIO, DC-DC CONVERTER, CONNECTOR) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

• : Uses unleaded solder.

CAMERA, VIDEO, SERVO, MODE/HI CONTROL, AUDIO, D/D CONV.

4-48

Page 84

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

• : Uses unleaded solder.

For printed wiring board

• Refer to page 4-56 for parts location.

• This board consists of multiple layers. However, only

the sides (layers) A and B are shown.

• Chip parts Transistor Diode

There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

4-49

CAMERA, VIDEO, SERVO, MODE/HI CONTROL, AUDIO, D/D CONV.

VC-272

Page 85

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

9 IC2002 rk

91nsec

VF-150 BOARD

2 IC2001 ws

1 IC2001 w;

7.4Vp-p

7.5Vp-p

3.1Vp-p

3 IC2001 wf

7.4Vp-p

4 IC2001 rh

0.4Vp-p

5 IC2001 rj

0.4Vp-p

7 IC2002 1

6 IC2001 rk

2.2Vp-p

8 IC2002 wh

0.4Vp-p

FP-397 FLEXIBLE BOARD

FP-397 FLEXIBLE

4-3. W AVEFORMS

CD-354 BOARD

CAMERA REC

IC2191 1

(VIDEO LIGHT)

IC2191 2

IC2191 3

20 msec

J201

5.3Vp-p

17.5Vp-p

5.4Vp-p

For printed wiring board

1-683-160- 21

S VIDEO

OUT

IC2191 4

20 msec

17.5Vp-p

A/V

OUT

J202

RFU DC

OUT

IC2191 7

IC2191 q;

IC2191 qdqf

2.0Vp-p

19.0Vp-p

There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

FP-397 FLEXIBLE

WAVEFORMS

CD-354, VF-150

105 nsec

3.4Vp-p

4-51 4-52

Page 86

VC-272 BOARD

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

1 IC271 5

REC/PB

34.9nsec (TR648E/TR748E)

35.24nsec (TR848)

2 IC271 qa

REC/PB

69.8nsec

3 IC271 waws

REC

105nsec

4 IC271 wg

REC

3.8Vp-p

2.8Vp-p

3.2Vp-p

9 IC272 e;

REC

0 IC272 ef

qa IC272 eh

qs IC151 <xzc

REC/PB

0.4Vp-p

wg IC101 4

REC

50 nsec/div

wh IC101 qf

50 nsec/div

wj IC101 wj,ef

REC

50 nsec/div

wk IC2301 2

REC/PB

0.4Vp-p

3.6Vp-p

qj IC151 wf

REC/PB

1.9Vp-p

460mVp-p

qk IC151 rl

0.5Vp-p

ql IC151 ta

0.3Vp-p 50 nsec/div

w; IC151 yh

5 IC271 wh

REC

6 IC271 wk

REC

7 IC271 ea

REC

20msec

5.4Vp-p

17.5Vp-p

5.3Vp-p

qd IC151 4

REC/PB

qf IC151 7

REC

50 nsec/div

qg IC151 qf

REC/PB

0.4Vp-p

69.8nsec

wa IC151 ia

REC/PB

0.6Vp-p

69.8nsec

ws IC151 ig

REC/PB

0.4Vp-p

33.3msec

wd Q101 C

REC

460mVp-p

140nsec

2.0Vp-p

3.0Vp-p

2.8Vp-p

7.6Vp-p

wl IC2301 7

REC/PB

e; IC2301 9

REC/PB (S-C OUT)

ea IC2301 qaqs

REC/PB

1.0Vp-p

0.7Vp-p

1.5Vp-p

2Vp-p

8 IC272 qh

REC/PB

69.8nsec

3.2Vp-p

qh IC151 qj

REC/PB

460mVp-p

wf IC101 1

REC

324nsec

4-53

220mVp-p

es IC2301 qfqg

REC/PB (S-Y OUT)

2Vp-p

WAVEFORMS

VC-272

Page 87

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

VC-272

ed IC402 1

REC/PB

ef IC402 rj

REC/PB

33.3 ms

eg IC451 qh

REC/PB

eh IC451 ws

REC/PB

BOARD

50 nsec

5.6 msec

2.3Vp-p

2.9Vp-p

2.8Vp-p

ra IC503 td

REC/PB

3.2Vp-p

30.5 µsec

rs IC001 tk

REC/PB

0.75Vp-p

2.4 µsec

rd IC001 yf

REC/PB

0.75Vp-p

2.4 µsec

33.3 msec

ej IC451 wg

REC/PB

13 µsec

ek IC451 wk

REC/PB

13 µsec

el IC451 tj,tl,ya

REC/PB

5.6 msec

2.8Vp-p

80mVp-p

100mVp-p

1.3Vp-p

r; IC503 r;

REC/PB

WAVEFORMS

VC-272

50 nsec

4.0Vp-p

4-54

Page 88

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

4-4. MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION

CD-354 BOARD

C2191 B-2

* C2194 B-5 * C2195 A-4

C2196 B-2

* CN2191 A-5

IC2191 A-2

* L2191 B-4

* Q2191 A-4

* R2191 A-5 * R2193 B-5

LB-073 BOARD

CN7701 B-1

* D7701 A-3 * D7702 A-3

IC7701 A-2

Q7701 A-1 Q7702 A-2

R7701 A-1 R7702 A-1 R7703 A-1 R7704 A-1 R7705 A-1 R7706 A-1

TH7701 A-2

VF-150 BOARD

* C2001 B-4

C2002 B-1 C2003 B-1 C2004 B-1 C2005 B-1 C2006 B-1

* C2007 A-4 * C2008 A-4

C2009 A-1 C2010 A-1

* C2011 A-3 * C2012 A-4

C2013 A-2

* C2014 A-4

C2015 A-1 C2016 A-1 C2017 A-1 C2018 A-1

* C2019 A-4

C2020 B-2

* CN2001 A-4

CN2002 A-2

* D2001 A-4

* FB2001 B-3 * FB2002 A-3

IC2001 A-1

* IC2002 A-3

* L2001 B-3 * L2002 A-3

R2001 B-1 R2002 B-1

* R2003 A-4

R2004 B-1 R2005 A-1 R2006 A-1 R2007 A-1 R2008 A-1 R2009 A-1 R2010 A-1

* R2011 A-4

R2012 A-1 R2013 A-1 R2014 A-1

* R2015 A-4

RB2001 A-2

* RB2002 A-3

RB2003 B-1

SI-033 BOARD

* C750 A-5 * C751 B-4 * C752 B-6 * C753 A-6

* CN750 C-4 * CN751 B-4 * CN752 B-5

D750 A-1

* D751 A-6

D752 B-2

* FB753 D-6 * FB754 C-6 * FB755 C-5 * FB756 C-6

IC750 A-3

* Q750 A-6

* R750 A-6 * R751 A-6 * R752 A-6 * R757 A-6

SE750 C-2 SE751 D-1

no mark : side A * mark : side B

CF-088 BOARD

* BT001 C-5

* BZ001 C-2

C001 G-6

CN001 G-3 CN002 G-6

D002 G-6 D003 E-2 D004 E-2 D005 E-2

IC001 F-6

R005 H-4 R006 E-3 R010 G-6 R011 H-4 R013 H-3 R014 E-4 R015 E-2 R016 E-7 R017 H-3 R023 H-6 R024 E-4 R025 H-3 R026 F-7 R027 F-3 R028 E-2

S001 H-7 S002 E-3 S003 H-5 S004 E-2 S005 F-7 S006 H-6 S007 E-7 S008 E-4 S009 G-1 S010 H-2 S011 H-4

4-55

PARTS LOCATION

CD-354, LB-073, VF-150, SI-033, CF-088

Page 89

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

VC-272 BOARD

* C001 G-12 * C002 G-12 * C003 G-12 * C004 G-12 * C005 G-12 * C008 F-11 * C009 G-12

C010 D-9

* C011 F-13 * C012 F-11 * C013 F-13 * C014 F-11 * C015 F-13 * C016 F-11 * C017 F-13 * C018 F-13 * C019 F-11

C020 F-8

* C021 E-12 * C022 E-12 * C023 E-12 * C024 E-12

C025 F-8

* C026 F-10 * C027 G-11 * C028 F-10 * C029 F-11 * C030 F-10 * C031 F-11 * C032 F-10 * C033 G-11

C034 F-7

* C035 F-10 * C036 G-10 * C037 G-11

C038 F-7

* C039 G-10 * C040 G-11

C041 F-7 C042 F-7 C043 F-7 C045 F-7

* C046 G-12

C047 F-7 C048 F-7 C049 F-7

* C050 G-12 * C051 G-12 * C052 F-10

C053 E-7 C054 F-6 C055 E-7 C057 E-6 C058 E-6

* C059 F-11 * C060 G-12 * C061 G-12 * C062 G-12

C073 C-8 C074 C-8

* C101 A-14 * C102 A-14 * C103 A-14 * C104 B-14

C105 B-5

* C106 B-14 * C107 B-14

C108 B-5 C109 B-5 C110 B-5 C111 B-5 C112 B-5 C113 B-4 C114 B-5 C115 B-5 C116 B-4 C117 B-5

* C119 C-14 * C121 B-13

C122 B-4

* C123 B-13

C124 B-4 C125 B-5 C126 B-5 C127 B-5

C128 B-5

* C129 B-14

C130 B-5

* C131 B-14

C132 B-5

* C133 B-14 * C134 B-14

C135 B-4 C136 B-4 C151 B-3 C152 E-3 C153 E-3 C155 B-3 C156 C-3 C157 C-3 C158 B-3 C160 C-3 C161 C-3 C162 E-3 C163 D-3 C164 D-3 C165 D-3 C166 D-3 C167 D-3 C168 D-3 C169 D-3 C170 C-3 C171 C-3 C172 C-3 C173 C-3 C174 C-3 C175 C-3

* C176 D-15

C177 C-3 C178 B-4 C179 B-4 C182 C-4 C183 B-4 C184 E-3 C185 E-4 C186 C-3 C187 C-4 C188 C-4 C190 E-4 C192 C-5 C194 C-5 C195 D-5

* C196 D-13

C202 C-4

* C251 B-17 * C252 B-17

C253 B-2

* C254 B-16 * C256 B-16 * C257 A-16 * C259 B-17 * C271 F-15 * C272 F-15 * C273 F-15 * C274 F-15 * C275 F-15 * C276 F-14 * C277 F-15 * C278 F-14 * C279 F-15

C280 E-4 C281 E-4

* C282 F-15 * C283 F-15 * C284 F-14 * C285 F-15

C286 E-4 C287 E-4 C288 F-4 C289 F-4 C290 F-4 C291 F-4 C292 F-4 C293 F-4 C294 F-4 C295 F-4 C296 F-4 C297 F-4

* C298 F-14 * C299 F-14

C301 G-4 C302 G-4 C303 G-3 C304 G-3 C305 G-4 C306 G-3 C307 G-4 C308 G-4 C309 G-4 C310 F-6 C311 F-4 C312 G-3 C313 G-3 C315 F-3 C317 F-3 C318 F-3 C319 G-4 C320 F-4

* C352 C-16 * C354 C-16 * C355 D-16 * C356 D-16

C357 C-2

* C358 D-16 * C359 C-16 * C363 D-17 * C364 C-17 * C365 D-16

C366 D-2

* C367 D-16 * C369 D-17 * C371 D-17 * C372 D-17

C374 C-2

* C375 C-17 * C376 D-16 * C380 C-17 * C381 D-17 * C382 D-16 * C383 D-17 * C384 D-17 * C385 C-17 * C386 D-17 * C389 D-17 * C390 D-17 * C392 C-17 * C393 C-17 * C394 D-17 * C396 D-17 * C397 C-18 * C398 C-16

C401 A-9

* C402 B-10 * C403 B-10 * C404 B-10 * C405 C-10 * C406 C-11 * C407 C-11 * C408 B-11 * C409 A-11 * C410 B-11 * C411 B-11 * C451 C-16

C452 A-6

* C453 B-16 * C454 B-16 * C455 B-16 * C456 C-16 * C457 B-16

C458 B-3

* C459 B-15

C460 A-6

* C461 B-15 * C462 B-15 * C463 B-15

C464 A-7

* C465 C-16 * C466 C-15 * C467 B-16 * C468 C-15 * C469 B-16 * C470 C-15 * C471 B-15 * C472 C-15 * C473 C-15

* C475 C-15 * C476 C-15 * C477 B-15 * C478 B-15 * C479 B-15 * C480 B-15 * C481 B-14 * C482 B-14 * C483 B-15 * C484 C-15 * C485 B-16 * C486 A-15 * C487 A-15 * C488 B-15 * C489 A-15 * C490 A-15 * C491 A-15 * C492 A-18 * C501 D-12 * C502 D-12

C503 D-7 C504 D-7 C505 D-6 C506 D-6 C507 D-6 C508 D-6 C509 D-6 C510 D-7 C511 D-7 C512 D-7 C513 B-7 C514 C-8 C515 C-8 C516 C-8 C517 C-8

* C518 C-12 * C602 C-12 * C603 C-12

C701 E-3

* C707 E-17

C708 E-2

* C709 E-10

C710 D-7 C711 E-7 C712 E-7 C713 E-7

* C806 D-11 * C808 D-11 * C809 D-10 * C810 D-10 * C813 E-10

C814 E-8 C815 E-8

* C818 E-11

C821 E-7 C822 E-8 C824 E-8 C825 E-8

* C826 E-10 * C827 E-11 * C901 B-17 * C902 B-17 * C903 B-17 * C904 B-17 * C905 B-18

C906 B-1

* C908 B-18

C910 B-2

* C911 A-17 * C913 B-17

C2301 E-1 C2302 E-1 C2303 E-1 C2304 E-1 C2305 E-1 C2306 E-1 C2307 E-1 C2308 E-1 C2310 E-1 C2311 E-1

* C2312 B-18

C2315 D-1 C2316 D-1 C2317 D-1 C2318 D-1

C2319 D-1 C2320 D-1 C2321 C-2 C2322 C-1 C2323 C-1 C2324 C-1

* C2325 C-17 * C2326 D-18

CN001 C-9 CN101 A-5 CN271 F-5 CN301 G-4 CN701 C-3

* CN702 E-18

CN703 B-1 CN704 A-1 CN705 E-6 CN706 A-2 CN707 A-3 CN709 B-6 CN710 G-7 CN711 B-9 CN712 A-6 CN713 D-9 CN715 E-8

D001 D-8 D002 B-8 D006 F-7 D007 F-7 D151 B-4 D152 B-3

* D271 F-15 * D272 F-15

D301 G-3 D302 G-5

* D501 D-12

D502 B-7

* D503 D-12

D504 A-7 D505 C-6

* D702 E-18 * D703 E-18

D705 E-8 D706 E-9

ET101 B-4 ET102 B-6

F001 E-8 F002 E-9 F003 E-9 F004 E-9 F005 E-8

FB001 G-7 FB101 A-5 FB102 A-5

* FB271 F-15

FB275 E-4

* FB601 C-12 * FB602 C-13 * FB801 E-10 * FB802 C-11 * FB803 D-12

* IC001 F-12

IC101 B-5 IC151 D-4

* IC153 D-13 * IC251 B-16 * IC271 F-15

IC272 F-4 IC301 G-5 IC302 F-3

* IC351 C-17 * IC352 D-16

IC401 A-8

* IC402 B-10 * IC451 B-15 * IC452 A-15 * IC502 D-12

IC503 C-7

* IC504 D-12

* IC601 C-12

IC701 D-7

* IC801 D-11

IC802 E-8

* IC901 B-17 * IC2301 C-18

L001 F-9 L002 F-8

* L003 F-10

L004 G-8 L005 F-8 L006 F-8 L007 G-8 L008 G-7 L009 G-7 L010 G-7

* L011 G-10 * L012 G-12 * L013 G-12 * L014 G-12 * L016 G-11

L017 E-6

* L101 A-14 * L102 B-13 * L103 B-13 * L104 B-13

L151 D-2

* L152 E-16

L154 E-3 L155 B-3 L156 C-4 L157 E-3 L271 G-4

* L272 G-15

L301 F-6 L303 F-4 L705 E-3 L801 E-7

* L901 B-17 * L2301 B-18

L2302 E-1 L2303 E-1 L2304 D-1 L2305 E-1

Q001 D-8 Q002 D-8 Q003 E-8 Q004 D-8

* Q006 F-10 * Q007 F-11 * Q008 F-11 * Q009 G-10 * Q010 G-11 * Q011 F-10 * Q012 G-10 * Q014 F-10 * Q015 F-10 * Q016 F-11

Q018 F-7 Q019 F-6 Q020 E-7 Q021 F-6 Q022 E-7 Q023 F-7 Q026 E-6 Q027 F-6 Q073 E-7 Q101 B-5 Q102 A-5 Q103 B-5

* Q105 B-14 * Q107 B-14

Q151 B-3 Q152 E-3 Q153 D-3 Q154 D-3 Q155 D-3 Q156 D-3 Q157 D-3 Q159 E-2 Q301 G-3 Q302 G-4 Q303 G-4

* Q354 D-17 * Q355 C-16

Q451 A-7 Q501 A-7 Q502 B-7 Q503 B-7

* Q702 E-18 * Q703 E-17 * Q704 D-18

Q706 E-7

* Q801 E-10 * Q802 C-11

Q2301 D-1 Q2302 D-1 Q2303 D-1 Q2304 D-1

* Q2305 C-18

* R001 G-12 * R002 G-12

R003 B-9

* R004 G-12 * R006 F-11 * R007 G-12

R008 D-8

* R009 F-11

R010 D-8

* R011 F-13 * R012 F-11 * R014 F-13 * R016 F-11

R017 E-8 R018 E-8

* R020 F-13 * R021 F-13 * R023 F-13 * R025 F-10 * R026 F-11 * R027 F-11 * R029 F-11

R031 F-7 R032 F-7

* R033 F-10 * R034 F-11

R035 E-7 R036 F-7 R037 F-7 R038 F-7 R039 E-7 R040 E-7 R041 F-6 R042 F-7 R043 E-7 R044 E-7 R045 E-7 R046 E-7 R047 F-6 R048 E-6 R049 E-6 R050 E-6 R051 F-6

* R054 F-13

R077 F-7 R078 F-7 R079 E-7

* R080 G-12

R101 B-5 R102 A-5 R105 A-5

* R106 B-14

R107 B-5 R108 A-5

* R109 B-14 * R110 B-14 * R111 B-14

R112 B-5 R113 B-5 R115 B-5 R116 B-4 R117 B-5 R118 B-4 R154 C-3 R155 C-3 R156 D-3 R157 D-3

no mark : side A * mark : side B

R158 D-3 R159 D-3 R160 D-3 R161 D-2 R162 D-3 R163 C-3 R164 D-3 R165 D-3 R166 D-3 R167 D-3 R168 B-3 R169 C-3 R170 B-3 R171 B-3 R172 B-3 R173 C-3 R174 C-3 R175 B-3 R177 E-3 R178 E-3 R179 D-3 R180 D-3 R181 D-3 R182 D-3 R183 D-3 R184 D-3 R185 D-3 R186 D-3 R187 D-3 R188 D-3 R189 D-3 R190 D-3 R191 D-3 R192 D-3 R193 C-3 R195 B-3 R196 C-3 R197 E-3 R198 E-3 R199 C-4 R200 C-4 R205 E-2 R206 C-4 R208 C-5 R210 D-5 R212 D-2 R217 E-2

* R251 B-17 * R253 B-16 * R254 B-16 * R255 B-16 * R256 A-16 * R271 F-15 * R274 F-14 * R275 F-15 * R280 F-14 * R281 E-15 * R293 F-14 * R294 F-14

R301 G-4 R304 G-3

* R306 G-15

R307 G-3 R308 G-4 R309 G-4 R310 G-4 R311 G-4 R312 G-4 R313 G-4 R314 G-4 R316 G-4 R317 G-4 R318 F-4 R319 F-3 R321 F-3 R322 F-3 R323 G-3

* R351 C-16 * R353 D-16 * R356 D-16 * R363 D-17 * R364 D-16 * R365 D-16 * R368 C-17 * R372 C-17

— Continued on next page —

PARTS LOCATION

VC-272

4-56

Page 90

VC-272 BOARD

* R373 D-17 * R379 D-17 * R382 C-16 * R387 D-16 * R388 D-16 * R391 D-16 * R401 B-10 * R402 B-10 * R404 C-10 * R417 B-11

R428 B-8

* R430 C-11 * R439 C-11 * R440 B-11 * R441 C-11 * R442 C-11

R451 B-4 R452 B-4 R457 A-6

* R458 B-16 * R459 B-16 * R460 B-16

R461 B-6 R462 B-6 R464 A-6 R465 A-7

* R466 C-15 * R467 C-15 * R468 B-15 * R469 B-15 * R470 C-15 * R471 B-15 * R472 B-15 * R474 B-15 * R480 C-15 * R481 B-15 * R482 B-16 * R483 A-15 * R484 A-15 * R485 A-15 * R486 A-15

R502 B-7

* R503 D-12

R507 D-7 R508 D-7 R518 D-7 R519 D-7 R520 D-7 R521 D-7 R525 B-7 R542 B-7 R543 B-7 R552 C-8 R554 C-8 R558 C-8

* R559 D-12

R561 B-8 R562 B-7 R565 B-6 R567 B-7 R568 B-7 R569 D-6

* R611 C-11 * R612 B-11 * R613 B-11 * R614 B-11 * R701 E-17 * R702 E-17 * R703 E-17 * R704 E-17 * R705 E-17 * R706 D-17 * R707 E-18

R713 C-2

* R714 E-10 * R715 E-10

R716 E-7 R717 E-7 R718 E-7 R719 E-7 R720 E-6 R721 D-6 R722 E-7

* R801 E-11 * R802 E-10

* R816 D-10 * R817 C-11 * R818 C-11 * R819 C-11

* R905 B-17 * R906 B-17 * R907 A-17 * R908 A-17 * R909 A-17

* R2307 C-18

* RB351 D-17 * RB352 D-17 * RB353 D-16 * RB401 A-10 * RB402 C-11 * RB403 B-11 * RB404 A-11

* RB408 B-10 * RB409 B-10

* RB705 D-17

* RB801 E-10 * RB901 B-18 * RB902 B-18

* VDR701 E-18 * VDR704 E-18 * VDR706 E-18 * VDR707 E-18

* X271 F-16 * X401 C-10

* X801 E-12 * X802 E-11

R806 E-8 R811 D-8

R820 E-7

R2301 E-2 R2302 E-1

R2310 D-1 R2311 D-1 R2312 D-1 R2313 D-1 R2314 D-1 R2315 D-2 R2316 D-1 R2317 D-1 R2318 D-1 R2319 D-1 R2320 D-1 R2321 D-1

RB001 E-8 RB101 B-5 RB102 B-4 RB151 B-3 RB272 F-4 RB302 G-3

RB407 B-8

RB451 B-4 RB452 B-6 RB501 C-6 RB502 C-6 RB503 C-6 RB504 D-6 RB505 D-6 RB506 D-6 RB507 D-7 RB508 D-7 RB509 B-8 RB510 C-8 RB511 C-8 RB512 B-7 RB513 D-7 RB514 A-7 RB701 E-6 RB704 D-6

RB707 E-6

RB2301 D-1 RB2302 D-1 RB2303 C-1

T001 F-8

X501 B-7 X502 B-8

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

no mark : side A * mark : side B

4-57E

PARTS LOCATION

VC-272

Page 91

SECTION 5

ADJUSTMENTS

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

5-1

Page 92

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

1. Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards.

When replacing main parts, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.

Block replacement Parts replacement

Replaced parts

Adjustment Section

Initialization of D, E, F, 7 page data

Camera

EVF

Servo

Video

Audio

Mechanism

Adjustment

Initialization of D, E, F, 7 page data Modification of D, E, F, 7 page data HALL adj. Flange back adj. Color reproduction adj. AWB & LV standard data input Auto white balance adj. Steady shot check RGB AMP adj. Contrast adj. White balance adj. *3 CAP FG offsett adj. Switching position adj. 28MHz origin oscillation adj. AFC fo adj. Y OUT level adj. C OUT level adj. REC Y current adj. REC C/AFM current adj.

1.5MHz deviation adj. BPF fo adj. Tape path adj.

Lens device

Video light *2

EVF block LCD903 (LCD panel)

Mechanism deck *1

Mechanism deck M901 (Drum assy.) *1

Mechanism deck M902 (Capstan motor)

CD-354 board IC2191 (CCD imager)

VC-272 board IC271, X271 (Timing generator)

VC-272 board IC272 (S/H, AGC)

VC-272 board IC151 (Camera, video process)

VC-272 board IC101 (REC/PB AMP)

VC-272 board IC2301 (Video out)

zzz

zz z

VC-272 board IC601 (EVR)

VC-272 board IC351 (Audio process)

SI-033 board SE750, 751 (PITCH,YAW sensor)

VF-150 board IC2001 (RGB driver (EVF))

VF-150 board IC2002 (Timing generator (EVF))

LB-073 board D7702 (Back light LED (EVF))

Table. 5-1-1 (1).

5-2

Page 93

Board

replacement

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

*1: When replacing the drum assy. or mechanism

deck, reset the data of page: 2, address: A2 to A4 to “00”. (Refer to “Record of Use check” of “5-4. SERVICE MODE”)

*2: Video light model (CCD-TR648E/TR748E).

When replacing the video light, reset the data of page:2, address: E0 to E2 to “00”.

*3: Color EVF model (CCD-TR848)

Adjustment Section

Initialization of D, E, F, 7 page data

Camera

EVF

Servo

Video

Audio

Mechanism

Adjustment

1.5MHz deviation adj. BPF fo adj. Tape path adj.

VC-272 board (COMPLETE)

SI-033 board (COMPLETE)

VF-150 board (COMPLETE)

LB-073 board (COMPLETE)

VC-272 board IC401 EEPROM

Supporting

zzz

zz zz

zzzz

z zzz

zzz

Table. 5-1-1 (2).

5-3

Page 94

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT

1-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT (CAMERA SECTION)

1-1-1. List of Service Tools

• Oscilloscope • Color monitor • Vectorscope

• Regulated power supply • Digital voltmeter

Ref. No.

J-1

Filter for color temperature correction (C14) ND filter 1.0

J-2

ND filter 0.4 ND filter 0.1

J-3

Pattern box PTB-450

J-4

Color chart for pattern box Adjustment remote commander (RM-95 upgraded)

J-5

(Note)

J-6

Siemens star chart

J-7

Clear chart for pattern box

J-8

CPC jig for SB

J-9

Minipattern box

J-10

Camera base

Note: If the micro processor IC in the adjustment remote commander is

not the new micro processor (UPD7503G-C56-12), the pages cannot be switched. In this case, replace with the new micro processor. (8-759-148-35).

J-1 J-2

Name

J-3

Parts Code

J-6080-058-A J-6080-808-A

J-6080-806-A J-6080-807-A J-6082-200-A J-6020-250-A

J-6082-053-B

J-6080-875-A J-6080-621-A J-6082-539-A

J-6082-353-B

J-6082-384-A

Usage

Auto white balance adjustment/check White balance adjustment/check

White balance check White balance check White balance check

For checking the flange back

For connecting the adjustment remote commander For adjusting the flange back For adjusting the flange back

J-4 J-5

J-6

J-7 J-8

J-9 J-10

Fig. 5-1-1.

5-4

Page 95

1-1-2. Preparations

Note1: For details of how remove the cabinet and boards, refer to “2.

Note2: When performing only the adjustments, the lens block and boards

DISASSEMBLY”.

need not be disassembled.

Connect the equipment for adjustments according to Fig. 5-1-4.

2) Connect the adjustment remote commander to CN713 of VC272 board via CPC jig for SB (J-6082-539-A). To operate the adjustment remote commander, connect the A C po wer adapter to the DC IN jack of CPC jig for SB, or connect the L series Info-LITHIUM battery to the battery terminal of CPC jig for SB. (Fig. 5-1-3.)

3) The front panel block (SI-033 board, microphone unit, video light) need not be assembled except during the steady shot operation check.

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Pattern box

1.5 m

Note3: As removing the cabinet (R) (removing the VC-272 board CN709)

means removing the lithium 3V power supply (CF-088 board BT001), data such as date, time, user-set menus will be lost. After completing adjustments, reset these data. If the cabinet (R) has been removed, the self-diagnosis data, data on history of use (total drum rotation time etc.) will be lost. Before removing, note down the self-diagnosis data (data of page: 2, address: B0 to C6) and data on history use (data of page: 2, address: A2 to AA and E0 to E2). (Refer to “5-4. Service Mode” for the self-diagnosis data and data on the history use.)

Note4: Setting the “Forced Camera Power ON” Mode

1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.

2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE button.

The above procedure will enable the camera power to be turned on with the SS-2000 block removed. After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced Camera Power ON Mode”.

Note5: Exiting the “Forced Camera Power ON” Mode

1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.

2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the P AUSE

button.

3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

Front of the lens

Fig. 5-1-2.

CPC connector

CN713

Conductor side

Remove the CPC lid

Fig. 5-1-3.

CPC jig

5-5

Page 96

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Note: Use either a AC power adaptor or a Info-LITHIUM battery as the power supply of the CPC jig for SB.

AC power adaptor (8.4Vdc) AC-L10 or AC-VQ800 etc

CPC jig for SB (J-6082-539-A)

Terminated at 75

VIDEO (Yellow)

Front panel block

Ω

Vector scope

Color monitor

AUDIO (black)

Adjustment remote commander

Must be connected when performing the EVF system adjustments.

CN301

Lens block

L series Info LITHIUM Battery (7.2Vdc)

CN271

CN705

CN710

CN713

LANC jack

Must be connected

EVF block

To SS-2000 block

DC IN jack

SI-033 board CN-752

A/V OUT jack

CN703

Need not be connected.

VC-272 board

CN704

Cabinet (R)

CN709

CN101

CN712CN707CN706

Fig. 5-1-4.

CN001

CN711

Must be connected

To CF-088 board

AC power adaptor (8.4Vdc) AC-L10 or AC-VQ800 etc

5-6

Page 97

1-1-3. Precaution

1. Setting the Switch

Unless otherwise specified, set the switches as follows and perform adjustments without loading cassette.

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

1. POWER switch (SS-2000 block)........................... CAMERA

2. NIGHT SHOT switch (Lens block) .................................OFF

3. LIGHT switch (FK-2000 block) *1 .................................OFF

4. DEMO MODE (Menu display) .......................................OFF

5. DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ...................................OFF

6. STEADY SHOT (Menu display) *2 ................................OFF

*1: Video light model (CCD-TR648E/TR748E)

2. Order of Adjustments

Basically carry out adjustments in the order given.

Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame )

Yellow

Cyan

White

Magenta

Green

AB B

(Video output terminal

A=B

Fig. a

output waveform)

Red

Blue

Enlargement

C=D

Difference in level

7. DISPLAY (Menu display) ................................. V-OUT/LCD

8. FOCUS switch (CF-088 board) ............................ MANUAL

9. BACK LIGHT (CF-088 board) ........................................OFF

10. PROGRAM AE (Menu display) ......................................OFF

11. PICTURE EFFECT (Menu display) ................................OFF

12. 16 : 9 WIDE (MENU display) .........................................OFF

Electronic beam scanning frame

Red

Cyan

White

Green

Yellow

Fig. b (TV monitor picture)

Magenta

Blue

CRT picture frame

3. Subjects

1) Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame) When performing adjustments using the color bar chart, adjust the picture frame as shown in Fig. 5-1-5. (Color reproduction adjustment frame)

2) Clear chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame) Remove the color bar chart from the pattern box and insert a clear chart in its place. (Do not perform zoom operations during this time.)

3) Flange back adjustment chart Make the chart shown in Fig. 5-1-6. using A0 size (1189mm × 841mm) black and white vellum paper.

Adjust the camera zoom and direction to obtain the output wavef orm shown in Fig. a and the TV monitor displa y shown in Fig. b.

Fig. 5-1-5.

White

841m

Black

1189mm

Fig. 5-1-6.

Note: Use matte vellum paper bigger than A0, and make sure the edges of

the black and white paper joined together are not rough.

5-7

Page 98

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

1-2. INITIALIZATION OF D, E, F, 7 PAGE DATA

1. Initializing the D, E, F, 7 Page Data

Note1: If “Initializing the D, E, F, 7 Pag e Data” is performed, all

Note2: If the D, E, F, 7 page data has been initialized, “Modifica tion of D,

Note3: NTSC model: CCD-TR848

Initializing Method:

2. Modification of D, E, F, 7 Page Data

If the D, E, F, 7 page data has been initialized, change the data of the “Fix ed data-2” address shown in the follo wing tables by manual input.

Modifying Method:

1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set

2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because

3) W hen changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the

4) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value.

data of the D page, E page, F page and 7 page will be initialized. (It is impossible to initialize a single page.)

E, F, 7 Page Data” and all adjustments need to be performed again.

PAL model: CCD-TR648E/TR748E

Adjusting page D Adjusting Address 10 to 7F Adjusting page F Adjusting Address 10 to FF Adjusting page E Adjusting Address 00 to FF Adjusting page 7 Adjusting Address 00 to 6B

Order Page

Address

Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data. 2 6 00 Set the following data.

55 (NTSC), 51 (PAL)

3 6 01 Set the following data, and press

PAUSE button. 55 (NTSC), 51 (PAL)

4 6 02 Check that the data changes to

“01”. 5 2 00 29 Set the data 6 2 01 29 Set the data, and press the P AUSE

button. 7 Perform “Modif ication of D, E, F ,

7 Page Data”.

data: 01.

they are different in destination. When chang ing the data, copy the data built in the same model.

Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may

not operate.

adjustment remote commander each time when setting new data to write the data in the non-volatile memory.

If not, change the data to the initial value.

Processing after Completing Modification of D, E, F, 7 Page data

Order Page

Address

Data Procedure

1 2 00 29 Set the data 2 2 01 29 Set the data, and press the PA USE

button.

Note: If the following symptoms occur after completing of the

“Modification of D, E, F, 7 page data”, check that the data of the “Fixed data-2” addresses of D page are same as those of the same

model of the same destination.

1) The self-diagnosis code “E:20:00” on the LCD or viewfinder screen is flashing.

2) The power is shut off so that unit cannot operate.

3. D Page Table

Note1: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the D, E, F,

7 Page Data”.) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of D, E, F, 7 Page Data”.)

Address Remark

Initial data

00 to 0F

11 to 12

14 to 1F

20 21 22

00 Test mode

Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2

24 to 26

28 to 2D

2E 2F

31 to 33

Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2 35 36 37 38 39

3A to 3B

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data built in

the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

3E to 40

41 42 43

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data built in

the same model.) 44 45 46 47 48 49

4A 4B 4C

5-8

Page 99

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Address Remark

4E 4F 50

51 to 52

53 54 55

56 to 57

58 59

5B 5C

5D to 5E

60 to 72

74 to 7B

7D to 7F

Initial data

Fixed data-2 (Modified data. Copy the data built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 (Modified data. Copy the data built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1

Table. 5-1-2.

4. F Page table

Note1: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the D, E, F,

7 Page Data”.) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of D, E, F, 7 Page Data”.)

Address Remark

00 to 0F

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 1A 1B 1C 1D

1E to 2F

39 3A 3B

3C to 3D

42 to 44

49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E

Initial data

NTSC PAL

Emergency memory address

Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 HALL adj.

Fixed data-1 AWB & LV standard data input

Auto white balance adj.

Fixed data-1 Color reproduction adj.

Fixed data-1 28MHz origin osc. Adj. Flange back adj.

5-9

Page 100

CCD-TR648E/TR748E/TR848

Address Remark

56 57 58

59 5A 5B 5C 5D

60 to 61

64 to 68

6A to 72

75 to AE

AF B0 B1 B2

B3 to FF

Initial data

NTSC PAL

Fixed data-2

Flange back adj. CAP FG offset adj. Switching position adj.

Fixed data-1 AFC fo adj. Y OUT level adj. C OUT level adj. Fixed data-1 REC Y current adj.

Fixed data-1 REC C/AFM current adj. Fixed data-1

1.5MHz deviation adj. BPF fo adj. Fixed data-1 Color reproduction adj.

Fixed data-1

Table. 5-1-3.

5. E Page Table

Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the D, E, F, 7

Page Data”.) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of D, E, F , 7 Page Data”.)

Address Remark

00 to 1E

20 to 25

27 to 39

3B to 42

44 to 51

53 to FF

Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1

Table. 5-1-4.

5-10

Sony CCD-TR648E, CCD-TR748E, CCD-TR848 Service manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual

SERVICE NOTE

SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

2-1. VIDEO LIGHT (VIDEO LIGHT MODEL)

2-2. VF-150, LB-073 BOARDS

2-3. FRONT PANEL SECTION (SI-033 BOARD)

2-4. CABINET (L) SECTION

2-5. CABINET (R) SECTION

2-6. CF-088 BOARD

2-7. EVF SECTION

2-8. BATTERY PANEL SECTION

2-9. LENS SECTION

2-10.VC-272 BOARD

2-11.MECHANISM DECK

2-12.CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

2-13.FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION

3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)

3-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)

3-4. CAMERA/VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)

3-5. VTR/CAMERA CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM

3-6. SERVO BLOCK DIAGRAM

3-7. MODE CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM

3-8. AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM

3-9. EVF BLOCK DIAGRAM

3-10.POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)

3-11.POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2)

4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

CD-354

LB-073

VF-150

SI-033

CF-088

4-3. W AVEFORMS

4-4. MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION

1. Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards.

5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT

1-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT (CAMERA SECTION)

1-2. INITIALIZATION OF D, E, F, 7 PAGE DATA